|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
17 /*
|
|
|
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
|
|
|
19 */
|
|
|
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
|
|
|
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
|
|
|
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
|
|
|
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
|
|
|
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
|
|
|
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
|
|
12
|
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
|
|
7
|
34
|
|
|
35 #define CHECK_KEYS_TIME 30
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
37 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
39 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
|
|
|
40 {
|
|
|
41 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
|
|
12
|
42 N_(" ^X mode (^E^Y^L^]^F^I^K^D^U^V^N^P)"),
|
|
7
|
43 /* Scroll has it's own msgs, in it's place there is the msg for local
|
|
|
44 * ctrl_x_mode = 0 (eg continue_status & CONT_LOCAL) -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
45 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
|
46 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
|
|
|
47 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
|
|
|
48 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
|
|
|
49 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
|
50 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
|
|
|
51 NULL,
|
|
|
52 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
|
|
|
53 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
|
|
12
|
54 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
|
|
|
55 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
|
|
7
|
56 };
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
58 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 /*
|
|
|
61 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
|
|
|
62 */
|
|
|
63 struct Completion
|
|
|
64 {
|
|
|
65 struct Completion *next;
|
|
|
66 struct Completion *prev;
|
|
|
67 char_u *str; /* matched text */
|
|
|
68 char_u *fname; /* file containing the match */
|
|
|
69 int original; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
|
|
|
70 int number; /* sequence number */
|
|
|
71 };
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
73 /* the original text when the expansion begun */
|
|
|
74 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1)
|
|
|
75 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
77 /*
|
|
|
78 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
|
|
|
79 * "first_match" points to the start of the list.
|
|
|
80 * "curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
|
|
|
81 * "shown_match" is different from curr_match during ins_compl_get_exp().
|
|
|
82 */
|
|
|
83 static struct Completion *first_match = NULL;
|
|
|
84 static struct Completion *curr_match = NULL;
|
|
|
85 static struct Completion *shown_match = NULL;
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
87 static int started_completion = FALSE;
|
|
|
88 static int completion_matches = 0;
|
|
|
89 static char_u *complete_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
90 static int complete_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
91 static int shown_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
92 static int completion_pending = FALSE;
|
|
|
93 static pos_T initial_pos;
|
|
|
94 static colnr_T complete_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
|
|
|
95 that is being completed */
|
|
|
96 static int save_sm;
|
|
|
97 static char_u *original_text = NULL; /* text before completion */
|
|
|
98 static int continue_mode = 0;
|
|
|
99 static expand_T complete_xp;
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
101 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, char_u *, int dir, int reuse));
|
|
|
102 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int dir));
|
|
|
103 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
104 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int dir, int flags, int thesaurus));
|
|
|
105 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
106 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
107 static void ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
108 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
|
|
|
109 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini, int dir));
|
|
|
110 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
111 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
112 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion));
|
|
|
113 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
114 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
|
115 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
117 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
|
|
|
118 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
|
|
|
119 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
|
|
|
120 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
122 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
123 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
124 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
125 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
|
|
|
126 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
127 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
128 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
|
|
221
|
129 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
130 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
131 #endif
|
|
7
|
132 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
|
|
|
133 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
134 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
135 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
136 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
|
|
|
137 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
138 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
139 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
|
|
|
140 #endif
|
|
|
141 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
142 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
143 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
144 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
145 #endif
|
|
|
146 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
147 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
148 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar));
|
|
|
149 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
150 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
151 #endif
|
|
|
152 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
153 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
154 #endif
|
|
|
155 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
|
|
|
156 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
157 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
|
|
|
158 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
159 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
160 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
|
|
|
161 #endif
|
|
|
162 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
163 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
164 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
165 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
166 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
167 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
168 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
169 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
170 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
171 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
172 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
173 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
174 #endif
|
|
|
175 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
176 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
177 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
178 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
179 #endif
|
|
|
180 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
181 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
182 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
183 #endif
|
|
|
184 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
186 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
|
|
|
187 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
189 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
|
|
|
190 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
|
|
|
191 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
|
|
|
192 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
194 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
195 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
|
|
|
196 #endif
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
198 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
200 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
201 int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
|
|
|
202 int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
|
|
|
203 int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
|
|
|
204 int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
|
|
|
205 #endif
|
|
|
206
|
|
|
207 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
208 static short previous_script = smRoman;
|
|
|
209 #endif
|
|
|
210
|
|
|
211 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
|
|
|
212 char. Set when edit() is called.
|
|
|
213 after that arrow_used is used. */
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
215 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
|
|
|
216 under the cursor */
|
|
|
217
|
|
|
218 /*
|
|
|
219 * edit(): Start inserting text.
|
|
|
220 *
|
|
|
221 * "cmdchar" can be:
|
|
|
222 * 'i' normal insert command
|
|
|
223 * 'a' normal append command
|
|
|
224 * 'R' replace command
|
|
|
225 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
|
|
|
226 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
|
|
|
227 * 'g' "gI" command.
|
|
|
228 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
229 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
230 *
|
|
|
231 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
|
|
|
232 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
|
|
|
233 *
|
|
|
234 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
|
|
|
235 */
|
|
|
236 int
|
|
|
237 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
|
|
|
238 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
239 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
|
|
|
240 long count;
|
|
|
241 {
|
|
|
242 int c = 0;
|
|
|
243 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
244 int lastc;
|
|
|
245 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
246 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
247 int i;
|
|
|
248 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
|
|
|
249 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
250 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
|
|
|
251 #endif
|
|
|
252 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
|
|
|
253 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
254 int old_topfill = -1;
|
|
|
255 #endif
|
|
|
256 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
|
|
|
257 int replaceState = REPLACE;
|
|
|
258 int did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
|
|
|
259
|
|
|
260 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
|
|
|
261 * error message */
|
|
|
262 check_for_delay(TRUE);
|
|
|
263
|
|
|
264 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
|
|
|
265 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
|
|
|
266 if (sandbox != 0)
|
|
|
267 {
|
|
|
268 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
|
|
|
269 return FALSE;
|
|
|
270 }
|
|
|
271 #endif
|
|
|
272
|
|
|
273 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
274 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
275 #endif
|
|
|
276
|
|
11
|
277 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
278 /*
|
|
|
279 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
|
|
|
280 */
|
|
|
281 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
282 {
|
|
|
283 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
284 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
|
|
|
285 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
|
|
|
286 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
|
|
|
287 else
|
|
|
288 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
|
|
|
289 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
|
|
|
290 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
291 }
|
|
|
292 #endif
|
|
|
293
|
|
7
|
294 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
295 /*
|
|
|
296 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
|
|
|
297 * where the paste started.
|
|
|
298 */
|
|
|
299 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
300 Insstart = where_paste_started;
|
|
|
301 else
|
|
|
302 #endif
|
|
|
303 {
|
|
|
304 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
305 if (startln)
|
|
|
306 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
307 }
|
|
|
308 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
309 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
310 if (!did_ai)
|
|
|
311 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
312
|
|
|
313 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
314 {
|
|
|
315 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
316 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
|
|
|
317 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
318 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
319 {
|
|
|
320 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
|
|
|
321 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
|
|
|
322 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
|
|
|
323 }
|
|
|
324 else
|
|
|
325 #endif
|
|
|
326 {
|
|
|
327 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
|
|
|
328 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
|
|
|
329 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
|
|
|
330 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
|
|
|
331 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
|
|
|
332 }
|
|
|
333 }
|
|
|
334
|
|
|
335 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
336 {
|
|
|
337 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
338 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
339 {
|
|
|
340 beep_flush();
|
|
|
341 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
342 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
343 }
|
|
|
344 else
|
|
|
345 #endif
|
|
|
346 State = REPLACE;
|
|
|
347 }
|
|
|
348 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
349 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
350 {
|
|
|
351 State = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
352 replaceState = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
353 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
354 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
355 }
|
|
|
356 #endif
|
|
|
357 else
|
|
|
358 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
359
|
|
|
360 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
|
|
|
361
|
|
|
362 /*
|
|
|
363 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
|
|
|
364 * on a TAB or special character.
|
|
|
365 */
|
|
|
366 curs_columns(TRUE);
|
|
|
367
|
|
|
368 /*
|
|
|
369 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
|
|
|
370 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
|
|
|
371 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
|
|
|
372 * when hitting <Esc>.
|
|
|
373 */
|
|
|
374 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
|
|
|
375 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
376 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
377 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
|
|
|
378 #endif
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
380 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
381 KeyScript(previous_script);
|
|
|
382 #endif
|
|
|
383
|
|
|
384 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
385 setmouse();
|
|
|
386 #endif
|
|
|
387 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
388 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
389 #endif
|
|
|
390 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
391 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
|
|
|
392 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
393 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
394 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
395 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
396 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
397 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
398 #endif
|
|
|
399
|
|
|
400 /*
|
|
|
401 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
|
|
|
402 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
|
|
|
403 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
|
|
|
404 */
|
|
|
405 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
|
|
|
406 {
|
|
|
407 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
408 /*
|
|
|
409 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
|
|
|
410 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
|
|
|
411 */
|
|
|
412 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
|
|
|
413 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
414 else
|
|
|
415 #endif
|
|
|
416 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
417 restart_edit = 0;
|
|
|
418
|
|
|
419 /*
|
|
|
420 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
|
|
|
421 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
|
|
|
422 * correct in very rare cases).
|
|
|
423 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
|
|
|
424 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
|
|
|
425 */
|
|
|
426 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
427 update_curswant();
|
|
230
|
428 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
|
|
7
|
429 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
430 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
|
|
|
431 {
|
|
|
432 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
433 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
434 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
435 else if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
436 {
|
|
|
437 i = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
438 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
439 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
|
|
|
440 }
|
|
|
441 #endif
|
|
|
442 }
|
|
230
|
443 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
444 }
|
|
|
445 else
|
|
|
446 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
447
|
|
|
448 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
|
|
|
449 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
|
|
|
450
|
|
|
451 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
|
|
|
452 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
453
|
|
|
454 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
455 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
456 #endif
|
|
|
457 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
458 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
459 #endif
|
|
|
460 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
461 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
|
|
|
462 * restarting. */
|
|
|
463 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
464 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
465 #endif
|
|
|
466
|
|
|
467 /*
|
|
|
468 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
|
|
|
469 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
|
|
|
470 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
|
|
|
471 */
|
|
|
472 i = 0;
|
|
|
473 if (p_smd)
|
|
|
474 i = showmode();
|
|
|
475
|
|
|
476 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
477 change_warning(i + 1);
|
|
|
478
|
|
|
479 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
480 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
481 #endif
|
|
|
482 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
483 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
484 #endif
|
|
|
485
|
|
|
486 /*
|
|
|
487 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
|
|
|
488 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
|
|
|
489 */
|
|
|
490 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
|
491 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
492 new_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
493 else
|
|
|
494 {
|
|
|
495 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
496 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
497 }
|
|
|
498
|
|
|
499 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
501 /*
|
|
|
502 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
|
|
|
503 */
|
|
|
504 for (;;)
|
|
|
505 {
|
|
|
506 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
507 if (!revins_legal)
|
|
|
508 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
|
|
|
509 else
|
|
|
510 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
511 #endif
|
|
|
512 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
|
|
|
513 count = 0;
|
|
|
514
|
|
|
515 if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
516 {
|
|
|
517 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
|
|
|
518 count = 0;
|
|
|
519 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
520 }
|
|
|
521
|
|
|
522 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
|
|
|
523 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
524 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
526 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
|
|
|
527 * menu invoked a shell command). */
|
|
|
528 if (stuff_empty())
|
|
|
529 {
|
|
|
530 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
|
|
|
531 if (need_check_timestamps)
|
|
|
532 check_timestamps(FALSE);
|
|
|
533 }
|
|
|
534
|
|
|
535 /*
|
|
|
536 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
|
|
|
537 */
|
|
|
538 msg_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
|
539
|
|
|
540 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
541 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
|
|
|
542 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
|
|
|
543 * autocommand. */
|
|
|
544 if (need_mouse_correct)
|
|
|
545 gui_mouse_correct();
|
|
|
546 #endif
|
|
|
547
|
|
|
548 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
549 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
|
|
|
550 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
|
|
|
551 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
552 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
|
|
|
553 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
554 foldCheckClose();
|
|
|
555 #endif
|
|
|
556
|
|
|
557 /*
|
|
|
558 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
|
|
|
559 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
|
|
|
560 * redraw.
|
|
|
561 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
|
|
|
562 * something.
|
|
|
563 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
|
|
|
564 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
|
|
|
565 */
|
|
|
566 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
|
|
|
567 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
|
568 && !did_backspace
|
|
|
569 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
|
|
|
570 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
571 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
|
|
|
572 #endif
|
|
|
573 )
|
|
|
574 {
|
|
|
575 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
576 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
577
|
|
|
578 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
579 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
|
|
|
580 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
|
|
|
581 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
582 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
583 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
|
|
|
584 #endif
|
|
|
585 ))
|
|
|
586 {
|
|
|
587 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
588 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
|
|
|
589 --curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
590 else
|
|
|
591 #endif
|
|
|
592 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
593 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
|
|
|
594 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
|
|
|
595 else
|
|
|
596 #endif
|
|
|
597 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
|
|
|
598 }
|
|
|
599 }
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
601 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
|
|
|
602 update_topline();
|
|
|
603
|
|
|
604 did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
605
|
|
|
606 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
|
|
|
607
|
|
|
608 /*
|
|
|
609 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
|
|
|
610 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
|
|
|
611 */
|
|
|
612 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
613
|
|
|
614 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
|
615 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
|
|
|
616 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
|
|
|
617 #endif
|
|
|
618
|
|
|
619 update_curswant();
|
|
|
620 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
621 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
622 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
623 #endif
|
|
|
624
|
|
|
625 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
626 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
627 #endif
|
|
|
628
|
|
|
629 /*
|
|
|
630 * Get a character for Insert mode.
|
|
|
631 */
|
|
|
632 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
|
|
|
633 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
634
|
|
|
635 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
636 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
637 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
638 #endif
|
|
|
639 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
640 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
641 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
642 #endif
|
|
|
643
|
|
|
644 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
645 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
|
|
|
646 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
|
|
|
647 ins_compl_prep(c);
|
|
|
648 #endif
|
|
|
649
|
|
|
650 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode
|
|
|
651 * selected with 'insertmode'. */
|
|
|
652 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
|
|
|
653 {
|
|
|
654 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
655 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
656 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
657 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
658 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
659 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
660 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
661 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G) /* it's something else */
|
|
|
662 {
|
|
|
663 vungetc(c);
|
|
|
664 c = Ctrl_BSL;
|
|
|
665 }
|
|
|
666 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
|
|
|
667 continue;
|
|
|
668 else
|
|
|
669 {
|
|
|
670 count = 0;
|
|
|
671 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
672 }
|
|
|
673 }
|
|
|
674
|
|
|
675 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
676 c = do_digraph(c);
|
|
|
677 #endif
|
|
|
678
|
|
|
679 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
680 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
681 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
682 #endif
|
|
|
683 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
|
|
|
684 {
|
|
|
685 ins_ctrl_v();
|
|
|
686 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
|
|
|
687 continue;
|
|
|
688 }
|
|
|
689
|
|
|
690 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
691 if (cindent_on()
|
|
|
692 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
693 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
694 # endif
|
|
|
695 )
|
|
|
696 {
|
|
|
697 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
|
|
|
698 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
|
|
|
699 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
|
|
|
700 * done before inserting the key. */
|
|
|
701 line_is_white = inindent(0);
|
|
|
702 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
|
|
|
703 goto force_cindent;
|
|
|
704 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
|
|
|
705 && stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
706 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
707 }
|
|
|
708 #endif
|
|
|
709
|
|
|
710 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
711 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
712 switch (c)
|
|
|
713 {
|
|
|
714 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
715 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
716 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
717 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
718 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
719 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
720 }
|
|
|
721 #endif
|
|
|
722
|
|
|
723 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
724 /*
|
|
|
725 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
|
|
|
726 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
|
|
|
727 * characters.
|
|
|
728 */
|
|
|
729 if (ins_start_select(c))
|
|
|
730 continue;
|
|
|
731 #endif
|
|
|
732
|
|
|
733 /*
|
|
|
734 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
|
|
|
735 */
|
|
|
736 switch (c)
|
|
|
737 {
|
|
|
738 /* toggle insert/replace mode */
|
|
|
739 case K_INS:
|
|
|
740 case K_KINS:
|
|
|
741 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
742 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
743 {
|
|
|
744 beep_flush();
|
|
|
745 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
746 break;
|
|
|
747 }
|
|
|
748 #endif
|
|
11
|
749 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
750 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
|
|
|
751 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
|
|
|
752 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : "r"), 1);
|
|
|
753 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
754 #endif
|
|
7
|
755 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
756 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
757 else
|
|
|
758 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
759 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
|
|
|
760 showmode();
|
|
|
761 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
762 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
763 #endif
|
|
|
764 break;
|
|
|
765
|
|
|
766 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
767 /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
768 case Ctrl_X:
|
|
12
|
769 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
|
|
7
|
770 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
|
|
|
771 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
772 {
|
|
|
773 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
|
|
|
774 * continue_status */
|
|
|
775 if (continue_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
|
|
|
776 continue_status = (continue_status | CONT_INTRPT);
|
|
|
777 else
|
|
|
778 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
779 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
|
|
|
780 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
|
781 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
782 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
783 showmode();
|
|
|
784 }
|
|
|
785 break;
|
|
|
786 #endif
|
|
|
787
|
|
|
788 /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
|
|
|
789 case K_SELECT:
|
|
|
790 break;
|
|
|
791
|
|
|
792 /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
|
|
|
793 case Ctrl_Z:
|
|
|
794 if (!p_im)
|
|
|
795 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
|
|
|
796 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
|
|
|
797 c = Ctrl_O;
|
|
|
798 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
799
|
|
|
800 /* execute one command */
|
|
|
801 case Ctrl_O:
|
|
|
802 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
803 break;
|
|
|
804 count = 0;
|
|
|
805 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
806 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
807 restart_edit = 'V';
|
|
|
808 else
|
|
|
809 #endif
|
|
|
810 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
811 restart_edit = 'R';
|
|
|
812 else
|
|
|
813 restart_edit = 'I';
|
|
|
814 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
815 if (virtual_active())
|
|
230
|
816 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
|
|
7
|
817 else
|
|
|
818 #endif
|
|
230
|
819 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
|
|
7
|
820 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
821
|
|
|
822 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
|
823 case K_SNIFF:
|
|
|
824 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
|
|
|
825 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
826 #endif
|
|
|
827
|
|
|
828 /* Hitting the help key in insert mode is like <ESC> <Help> */
|
|
|
829 case K_HELP:
|
|
|
830 case K_F1:
|
|
|
831 case K_XF1:
|
|
|
832 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
|
|
|
833 if (p_im)
|
|
|
834 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
|
|
|
835 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
836
|
|
|
837 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
838 case K_F21:
|
|
|
839 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
840 i = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
841 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
842 netbeans_keycommand(i);
|
|
|
843 break;
|
|
|
844 #endif
|
|
|
845
|
|
|
846 /* an escape ends input mode */
|
|
|
847 case ESC:
|
|
|
848 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
849 break;
|
|
|
850 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
851
|
|
|
852 case Ctrl_C:
|
|
|
853 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
854 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
855 {
|
|
|
856 /* Close the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
857 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
|
|
|
858 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
|
|
|
859 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
860 }
|
|
|
861 #endif
|
|
|
862
|
|
|
863 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
864 do_intr:
|
|
|
865 #endif
|
|
|
866 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
|
|
|
867 * Insert mode */
|
|
|
868 if (goto_im())
|
|
|
869 {
|
|
|
870 if (got_int)
|
|
|
871 {
|
|
|
872 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
|
|
|
873 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
874 }
|
|
|
875 else
|
|
|
876 vim_beep();
|
|
|
877 break;
|
|
|
878 }
|
|
|
879 doESCkey:
|
|
|
880 /*
|
|
|
881 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
|
|
|
882 */
|
|
221
|
883 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
884 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
885 #endif
|
|
7
|
886 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
|
|
|
887 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
|
|
230
|
888 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
7
|
889 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
890
|
|
|
891 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar))
|
|
11
|
892 {
|
|
|
893 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
894 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
895 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
896 FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
897 #endif
|
|
7
|
898 return (c == Ctrl_O);
|
|
11
|
899 }
|
|
7
|
900 continue;
|
|
|
901
|
|
|
902 /*
|
|
|
903 * Insert the previously inserted text.
|
|
|
904 * For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
|
|
|
905 * error.
|
|
|
906 */
|
|
|
907 case K_ZERO:
|
|
|
908 case NUL:
|
|
|
909 case Ctrl_A:
|
|
|
910 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
|
|
|
911 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
|
|
|
912 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
|
|
|
913 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
914 break;
|
|
|
915
|
|
|
916 /* insert the contents of a register */
|
|
|
917 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
|
918 ins_reg();
|
|
|
919 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
920 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
921 break;
|
|
|
922
|
|
|
923 case Ctrl_G:
|
|
|
924 ins_ctrl_g();
|
|
|
925 break;
|
|
|
926
|
|
|
927 case Ctrl_HAT:
|
|
|
928 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP))
|
|
|
929 {
|
|
|
930 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
|
|
|
931 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
|
932 {
|
|
|
933 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
934 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
935 }
|
|
|
936 else
|
|
|
937 {
|
|
|
938 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
|
939 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
940 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
941 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
942 #endif
|
|
|
943 }
|
|
|
944 }
|
|
|
945 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
946 else
|
|
|
947 {
|
|
|
948 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
|
|
|
949 if (im_get_status())
|
|
|
950 {
|
|
|
951 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
952 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
953 }
|
|
|
954 else
|
|
|
955 {
|
|
|
956 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
|
|
|
957 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
958 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
|
959 }
|
|
|
960 }
|
|
|
961 #endif
|
|
|
962 set_iminsert_global();
|
|
|
963 showmode();
|
|
|
964 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
965 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
|
|
|
966 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
967 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
968 #endif
|
|
|
969 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
|
|
|
970 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
|
|
|
971 status_redraw_curbuf();
|
|
|
972 #endif
|
|
|
973 break;
|
|
|
974
|
|
|
975 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
976 case Ctrl__:
|
|
|
977 if (!p_ari)
|
|
|
978 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
979 ins_ctrl_();
|
|
|
980 break;
|
|
|
981 #endif
|
|
|
982
|
|
|
983 /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
|
|
|
984 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
|
985 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
986 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
987 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
988 #endif
|
|
|
989 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
990
|
|
|
991 /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
|
|
|
992 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
|
993 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
994 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
995 {
|
|
|
996 if (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)
|
|
|
997 {
|
|
|
998 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
999 msg_attr((char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
|
|
|
1000 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
|
1001 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
1002 {
|
|
|
1003 vim_beep();
|
|
|
1004 setcursor();
|
|
|
1005 out_flush();
|
|
|
1006 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
|
1007 }
|
|
|
1008 break;
|
|
|
1009 }
|
|
|
1010 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1011 }
|
|
|
1012 # endif
|
|
|
1013 ins_shift(c, lastc);
|
|
|
1014 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1015 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1016 break;
|
|
|
1017
|
|
|
1018 /* delete character under the cursor */
|
|
|
1019 case K_DEL:
|
|
|
1020 case K_KDEL:
|
|
|
1021 ins_del();
|
|
|
1022 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1023 break;
|
|
|
1024
|
|
|
1025 /* delete character before the cursor */
|
|
|
1026 case K_BS:
|
|
|
1027 case Ctrl_H:
|
|
|
1028 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1029 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1030 break;
|
|
|
1031
|
|
|
1032 /* delete word before the cursor */
|
|
|
1033 case Ctrl_W:
|
|
|
1034 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1035 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1036 break;
|
|
|
1037
|
|
|
1038 /* delete all inserted text in current line */
|
|
|
1039 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
12
|
1040 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1041 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
|
|
|
1042 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET
|
|
|
1043 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
|
1044 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1045 # endif
|
|
7
|
1046 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1047 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1048 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1049 break;
|
|
|
1050
|
|
|
1051 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
1052 case K_LEFTMOUSE:
|
|
|
1053 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
|
|
|
1054 case K_LEFTDRAG:
|
|
|
1055 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1056 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
|
|
|
1057 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
|
|
|
1058 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
|
|
|
1059 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
|
|
|
1060 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
|
|
|
1061 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
|
|
|
1062 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1063 case K_X1MOUSE:
|
|
|
1064 case K_X1DRAG:
|
|
|
1065 case K_X1RELEASE:
|
|
|
1066 case K_X2MOUSE:
|
|
|
1067 case K_X2DRAG:
|
|
|
1068 case K_X2RELEASE:
|
|
|
1069 ins_mouse(c);
|
|
|
1070 break;
|
|
|
1071
|
|
|
1072 /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
|
|
|
1073 case K_MOUSEDOWN:
|
|
|
1074 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
|
|
|
1075 break;
|
|
|
1076
|
|
|
1077 /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
|
|
|
1078 case K_MOUSEUP:
|
|
|
1079 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
|
|
|
1080 break;
|
|
|
1081 #endif
|
|
|
1082
|
|
|
1083 case K_IGNORE:
|
|
|
1084 break;
|
|
|
1085
|
|
|
1086 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
1087 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1088 ins_scroll();
|
|
|
1089 break;
|
|
|
1090
|
|
|
1091 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1092 ins_horscroll();
|
|
|
1093 break;
|
|
|
1094 #endif
|
|
|
1095
|
|
|
1096 case K_HOME:
|
|
|
1097 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
1098 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
1099 case K_C_HOME:
|
|
|
1100 ins_home(c);
|
|
|
1101 break;
|
|
|
1102
|
|
|
1103 case K_END:
|
|
|
1104 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
1105 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
1106 case K_C_END:
|
|
|
1107 ins_end(c);
|
|
|
1108 break;
|
|
|
1109
|
|
|
1110 case K_LEFT:
|
|
180
|
1111 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1112 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1113 else
|
|
|
1114 ins_left();
|
|
7
|
1115 break;
|
|
|
1116
|
|
|
1117 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
|
1118 case K_C_LEFT:
|
|
|
1119 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1120 break;
|
|
|
1121
|
|
|
1122 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
180
|
1123 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1124 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1125 else
|
|
|
1126 ins_right();
|
|
7
|
1127 break;
|
|
|
1128
|
|
|
1129 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1130 case K_C_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1131 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1132 break;
|
|
|
1133
|
|
|
1134 case K_UP:
|
|
180
|
1135 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1136 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1137 else
|
|
|
1138 ins_up(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1139 break;
|
|
|
1140
|
|
|
1141 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
1142 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
1143 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
1144 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1145 break;
|
|
|
1146
|
|
|
1147 case K_DOWN:
|
|
180
|
1148 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1149 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1150 else
|
|
|
1151 ins_down(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1152 break;
|
|
|
1153
|
|
|
1154 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
1155 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1156 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1157 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1158 break;
|
|
|
1159
|
|
|
1160 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
1161 case K_DROP:
|
|
|
1162 ins_drop();
|
|
|
1163 break;
|
|
|
1164 #endif
|
|
|
1165
|
|
|
1166 /* When <S-Tab> isn't mapped, use it like a normal TAB */
|
|
|
1167 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
|
1168 c = TAB;
|
|
|
1169 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1170
|
|
|
1171 /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
|
|
|
1172 case TAB:
|
|
|
1173 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
1174 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
1175 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1176 #endif
|
|
|
1177 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1178 if (ins_tab())
|
|
|
1179 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
|
|
|
1180 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1181 break;
|
|
|
1182
|
|
|
1183 case K_KENTER:
|
|
|
1184 c = CAR;
|
|
|
1185 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1186 case CAR:
|
|
|
1187 case NL:
|
|
|
1188 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
|
1189 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
|
|
|
1190 * cursor. */
|
|
|
1191 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
|
|
|
1192 {
|
|
|
1193 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
|
|
|
1194 break;
|
|
|
1195 }
|
|
|
1196 #endif
|
|
|
1197 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
1198 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
1199 {
|
|
|
1200 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
1201 cmdwin_result = CAR;
|
|
|
1202 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1203 }
|
|
|
1204 #endif
|
|
|
1205 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
|
|
|
1206 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
|
|
|
1207 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1208 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1209 break;
|
|
|
1210
|
|
|
1211 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
|
|
|
1212 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
1213 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1214 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
|
|
|
1215 {
|
|
|
1216 if (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL)
|
|
|
1217 {
|
|
|
1218 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
1219 msg_attr((char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty"),
|
|
|
1220 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
|
1221 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
1222 {
|
|
|
1223 vim_beep();
|
|
|
1224 setcursor();
|
|
|
1225 out_flush();
|
|
|
1226 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
|
1227 }
|
|
|
1228 break;
|
|
|
1229 }
|
|
|
1230 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1231 }
|
|
|
1232 # endif
|
|
|
1233 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
1234 c = ins_digraph();
|
|
|
1235 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
1236 break;
|
|
|
1237 # endif
|
|
|
1238 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1239 #endif /* FEAT_DIGRAPHS || FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
1240
|
|
|
1241 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1242 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1243 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
|
|
|
1244 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1245 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1246
|
|
|
1247 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1248 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
1249 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1250 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1251 #endif
|
|
|
1252
|
|
|
1253 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1254 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1255 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
1256 #endif
|
|
|
1257 {
|
|
|
1258 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
|
|
|
1259 if (p_im)
|
|
|
1260 {
|
|
|
1261 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
1262 break;
|
|
|
1263 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1264 }
|
|
|
1265 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1266 }
|
|
|
1267 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1268 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1269
|
|
|
1270 /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
|
|
|
1271 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
|
1272 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
1273 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
|
|
|
1274 * but it is under other ^X modes */
|
|
|
1275 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
|
|
|
1276 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
|
1277 && !(continue_status & CONT_LOCAL))
|
|
|
1278 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1279
|
|
|
1280 docomplete:
|
|
|
1281 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
|
|
|
1282 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
1283 break;
|
|
|
1284 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
1285
|
|
|
1286 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
|
|
|
1287 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
|
|
|
1288 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1289 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
1290 {
|
|
|
1291 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
|
|
|
1292 scrolldown_clamp();
|
|
|
1293 else
|
|
|
1294 scrollup_clamp();
|
|
|
1295 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
1296 }
|
|
|
1297 else
|
|
|
1298 #endif
|
|
|
1299 {
|
|
|
1300 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum
|
|
|
1301 + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
|
|
|
1302 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
1303 {
|
|
|
1304 long tw_save;
|
|
|
1305
|
|
|
1306 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
|
|
|
1307 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
|
|
|
1308 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
|
|
|
1309 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
|
|
|
1310 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
|
|
|
1311 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
1312 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
1313 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
|
|
|
1314 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1315 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
|
|
|
1316 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1317 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1318 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1319 #endif
|
|
|
1320 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
|
|
|
1321 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1322 }
|
|
|
1323 }
|
|
|
1324 break;
|
|
|
1325
|
|
|
1326 default:
|
|
|
1327 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
1328 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
|
|
|
1329 goto do_intr;
|
|
|
1330 #endif
|
|
|
1331
|
|
|
1332 /*
|
|
|
1333 * Insert a nomal character.
|
|
|
1334 */
|
|
|
1335 normalchar:
|
|
|
1336 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1337 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
|
|
|
1338 ins_try_si(c);
|
|
|
1339 #endif
|
|
|
1340
|
|
|
1341 if (c == ' ')
|
|
|
1342 {
|
|
|
1343 inserted_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
1344 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1345 if (inindent(0))
|
|
|
1346 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
1347 #endif
|
|
|
1348 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
|
|
|
1349 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
1350 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
1351 }
|
|
|
1352
|
|
|
1353 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
|
|
|
1354 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1355 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
|
|
|
1356 * what check_abbr() expects. */
|
|
|
1357 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
|
|
|
1358 #endif
|
|
|
1359 c))
|
|
|
1360 {
|
|
|
1361 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1362 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1363 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1364 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1365 #endif
|
|
|
1366 }
|
|
|
1367
|
|
|
1368 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1369
|
|
|
1370 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1371 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
|
|
|
1372 * closed fold. */
|
|
|
1373 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
1374 #endif
|
|
|
1375 break;
|
|
|
1376 } /* end of switch (c) */
|
|
|
1377
|
|
|
1378 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
|
|
|
1379 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
1380 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1381
|
|
|
1382 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1383 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
|
|
|
1384 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1385 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
1386 # endif
|
|
|
1387 )
|
|
|
1388 {
|
|
|
1389 force_cindent:
|
|
|
1390 /*
|
|
|
1391 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
1392 */
|
|
|
1393 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
|
|
|
1394 {
|
|
|
1395 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
1396 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
1397 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
1398 }
|
|
|
1399 }
|
|
|
1400 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
1401
|
|
|
1402 } /* for (;;) */
|
|
|
1403 /* NOTREACHED */
|
|
|
1404 }
|
|
|
1405
|
|
|
1406 /*
|
|
|
1407 * Redraw for Insert mode.
|
|
|
1408 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
|
|
|
1409 * option work correctly.
|
|
|
1410 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
|
|
|
1411 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
|
|
|
1412 */
|
|
|
1413 static void
|
|
|
1414 ins_redraw()
|
|
|
1415 {
|
|
|
1416 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
1417 {
|
|
|
1418 if (must_redraw)
|
|
|
1419 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
1420 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
|
|
|
1421 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
|
|
|
1422 showruler(FALSE);
|
|
|
1423 setcursor();
|
|
|
1424 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
|
|
|
1425 }
|
|
|
1426 }
|
|
|
1427
|
|
|
1428 /*
|
|
|
1429 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1430 */
|
|
|
1431 static void
|
|
|
1432 ins_ctrl_v()
|
|
|
1433 {
|
|
|
1434 int c;
|
|
|
1435
|
|
|
1436 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
1437 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
1438
|
|
|
1439 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
1440 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
|
|
|
1441 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
1442
|
|
|
1443 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1444 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
|
|
|
1445 #endif
|
|
|
1446
|
|
|
1447 c = get_literal();
|
|
|
1448 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1449 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
1450 #endif
|
|
|
1451 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1452 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1453 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1454 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1455 #endif
|
|
|
1456 }
|
|
|
1457
|
|
|
1458 /*
|
|
|
1459 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
|
|
|
1460 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1461 */
|
|
|
1462 static int pc_status;
|
|
|
1463 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
|
|
|
1464 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1465 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1466 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
|
|
|
1467 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1468 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1469 #else
|
|
|
1470 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1471 #endif
|
|
|
1472 static int pc_attr;
|
|
|
1473 static int pc_row;
|
|
|
1474 static int pc_col;
|
|
|
1475
|
|
|
1476 void
|
|
|
1477 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
|
|
|
1478 int c;
|
|
|
1479 int highlight;
|
|
|
1480 {
|
|
|
1481 int attr;
|
|
|
1482
|
|
|
1483 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
|
|
|
1484 {
|
|
|
1485 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
|
|
|
1486 validate_cursor();
|
|
|
1487 if (highlight)
|
|
|
1488 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
|
|
|
1489 else
|
|
|
1490 attr = 0;
|
|
|
1491 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
|
1492 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
|
|
|
1493 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1494 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
1495 #endif
|
|
|
1496 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1497 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
1498 {
|
|
|
1499 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1500 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1501 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1502 {
|
|
|
1503 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
|
|
|
1504
|
|
|
1505 if (fix_col != pc_col)
|
|
|
1506 {
|
|
|
1507 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
|
|
|
1508 --curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1509 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1510 }
|
|
|
1511 }
|
|
|
1512 # endif
|
|
|
1513 }
|
|
|
1514 else
|
|
|
1515 #endif
|
|
|
1516 {
|
|
|
1517 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1518 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1519 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
|
|
|
1520 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
|
|
|
1521 #endif
|
|
|
1522 }
|
|
|
1523
|
|
|
1524 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
|
|
|
1525 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1526 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
|
|
|
1527 #endif
|
|
|
1528 {
|
|
|
1529 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
|
|
|
1530 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
|
|
|
1531 }
|
|
|
1532 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
|
|
|
1533 }
|
|
|
1534 }
|
|
|
1535
|
|
|
1536 /*
|
|
|
1537 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
|
|
|
1538 */
|
|
|
1539 void
|
|
|
1540 edit_unputchar()
|
|
|
1541 {
|
|
|
1542 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
|
|
|
1543 {
|
|
|
1544 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1545 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
|
|
|
1546 ++curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1547 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
|
|
|
1548 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1549 else
|
|
|
1550 #endif
|
|
|
1551 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
|
|
|
1552 }
|
|
|
1553 }
|
|
|
1554
|
|
|
1555 /*
|
|
|
1556 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
|
|
|
1557 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
|
|
|
1558 */
|
|
|
1559 void
|
|
|
1560 display_dollar(col)
|
|
|
1561 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1562 {
|
|
|
1563 colnr_T save_col;
|
|
|
1564
|
|
|
1565 if (!redrawing())
|
|
|
1566 return;
|
|
|
1567
|
|
|
1568 cursor_off();
|
|
|
1569 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1570 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
1571 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1572 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1573 {
|
|
|
1574 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1575
|
|
|
1576 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
|
|
|
1577 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1578 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
|
|
|
1579 }
|
|
|
1580 #endif
|
|
|
1581 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
|
|
|
1582 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
|
|
|
1583 {
|
|
|
1584 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
|
|
|
1585 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
1586 }
|
|
|
1587 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
|
1588 }
|
|
|
1589
|
|
|
1590 /*
|
|
|
1591 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
|
|
|
1592 * in insert mode.
|
|
|
1593 */
|
|
|
1594 static void
|
|
|
1595 undisplay_dollar()
|
|
|
1596 {
|
|
|
1597 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
1598 {
|
|
|
1599 dollar_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1600 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1601 }
|
|
|
1602 }
|
|
|
1603
|
|
|
1604 /*
|
|
|
1605 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
|
|
|
1606 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
|
|
|
1607 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
|
|
|
1608 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
|
|
|
1609 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
|
|
|
1610 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
|
|
|
1611 */
|
|
|
1612 void
|
|
|
1613 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced)
|
|
|
1614 int type;
|
|
|
1615 int amount;
|
|
|
1616 int round;
|
|
|
1617 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
|
|
|
1618 {
|
|
|
1619 int vcol;
|
|
|
1620 int last_vcol;
|
|
|
1621 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
|
|
|
1622 int new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1623 int i;
|
|
|
1624 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1625 int save_p_list;
|
|
|
1626 int start_col;
|
|
|
1627 colnr_T vc;
|
|
|
1628 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1629 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1630 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1631
|
|
|
1632 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
|
|
|
1633 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1634 {
|
|
|
1635 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
|
|
|
1636 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1637 }
|
|
|
1638 #endif
|
|
|
1639
|
|
|
1640 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
|
|
|
1641 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
1642 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1643 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
1644 vcol = vc;
|
|
|
1645
|
|
|
1646 /*
|
|
|
1647 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
|
|
|
1648 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
|
|
|
1649 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
|
|
|
1650 */
|
|
|
1651 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1652
|
|
|
1653 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
|
|
|
1654 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1655 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
1656 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1657
|
|
|
1658 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1659
|
|
|
1660 /*
|
|
|
1661 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
|
|
|
1662 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1663 */
|
|
|
1664 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
|
|
|
1665 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1666
|
|
|
1667 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
|
|
|
1668 start_col = -1;
|
|
|
1669
|
|
|
1670 /*
|
|
|
1671 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1672 */
|
|
|
1673 if (type == INDENT_SET)
|
|
|
1674 (void)set_indent(amount, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
1675 else
|
|
|
1676 {
|
|
|
1677 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1678 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
1679
|
|
|
1680 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
|
|
|
1681 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1682 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
1683 #endif
|
|
|
1684 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1);
|
|
|
1685 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1686 State = save_State;
|
|
|
1687 #endif
|
|
|
1688 }
|
|
|
1689 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1690
|
|
|
1691 /*
|
|
|
1692 * Try to put cursor on same character.
|
|
|
1693 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
|
|
|
1694 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
|
|
|
1695 * non-blank character.
|
|
|
1696 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1697 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
|
|
|
1698 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
|
|
|
1699 */
|
|
|
1700 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1701 {
|
|
|
1702 /*
|
|
|
1703 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
|
|
|
1704 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1705 */
|
|
|
1706 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
|
|
|
1707 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1708 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1709 }
|
|
|
1710 else if (!(State & INSERT))
|
|
|
1711 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1712 else
|
|
|
1713 {
|
|
|
1714 /*
|
|
|
1715 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
|
|
|
1716 */
|
|
|
1717 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1718 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
|
|
|
1719
|
|
|
1720 /*
|
|
|
1721 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
|
|
|
1722 */
|
|
|
1723 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1724 new_cursor_col = -1;
|
|
|
1725 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1726 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1727 {
|
|
|
1728 last_vcol = vcol;
|
|
|
1729 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1730 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1731 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
|
|
|
1732 else
|
|
|
1733 #endif
|
|
|
1734 ++new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1735 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
|
|
|
1736 }
|
|
|
1737 vcol = last_vcol;
|
|
|
1738
|
|
|
1739 /*
|
|
|
1740 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
|
|
|
1741 * the right screen column.
|
|
|
1742 */
|
|
|
1743 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1744 {
|
|
|
1745 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1746 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
|
|
|
1747 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
|
|
|
1748 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
1749 {
|
|
|
1750 new_cursor_col += i;
|
|
|
1751 ptr[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
1752 while (--i >= 0)
|
|
|
1753 ptr[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
1754 ins_str(ptr);
|
|
|
1755 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
1756 }
|
|
|
1757 }
|
|
|
1758
|
|
|
1759 /*
|
|
|
1760 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
|
|
|
1761 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1762 */
|
|
|
1763 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1764 }
|
|
|
1765
|
|
|
1766 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
|
|
|
1767
|
|
|
1768 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
|
|
|
1769 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
1770 else
|
|
|
1771 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1772 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
1773 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
1774
|
|
|
1775 /*
|
|
|
1776 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
|
|
|
1777 */
|
|
|
1778 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
1779 {
|
|
|
1780 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
|
|
|
1781 {
|
|
|
1782 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1783 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
1784 else
|
|
|
1785 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1786 }
|
|
|
1787 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1788 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
1789 else
|
|
|
1790 ai_col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1791 }
|
|
|
1792
|
|
|
1793 /*
|
|
|
1794 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
|
|
|
1795 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
|
|
|
1796 * few characters from the replace stack.
|
|
|
1797 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
|
|
|
1798 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
|
|
|
1799 */
|
|
|
1800 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1801 {
|
|
|
1802 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
1803 {
|
|
|
1804 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1805 --start_col;
|
|
|
1806 }
|
|
|
1807 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
|
|
|
1808 {
|
|
|
1809 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1810 if (replaced)
|
|
|
1811 {
|
|
|
1812 replace_push(replaced);
|
|
|
1813 replaced = NUL;
|
|
|
1814 }
|
|
|
1815 ++start_col;
|
|
|
1816 }
|
|
|
1817 }
|
|
|
1818
|
|
|
1819 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1820 /*
|
|
|
1821 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
|
|
|
1822 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
|
|
|
1823 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
|
|
|
1824 */
|
|
|
1825 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1826 {
|
|
|
1827 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
|
|
|
1828 * even if you can't backspace. */
|
|
|
1829 if (orig_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1830 return;
|
|
|
1831
|
|
|
1832 /* Save new line */
|
|
|
1833 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
1834 if (new_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1835 return;
|
|
|
1836
|
|
|
1837 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
|
|
|
1838 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
1839
|
|
|
1840 /* Put back original line */
|
|
|
1841 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1842 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
1843
|
|
|
1844 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
|
|
|
1845 backspace_until_column(0);
|
|
|
1846
|
|
|
1847 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
|
1848 ins_bytes(new_line);
|
|
|
1849
|
|
|
1850 vim_free(new_line);
|
|
|
1851 }
|
|
|
1852 #endif
|
|
|
1853 }
|
|
|
1854
|
|
|
1855 /*
|
|
|
1856 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
|
|
|
1857 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1858 * modes.
|
|
|
1859 */
|
|
|
1860 void
|
|
|
1861 truncate_spaces(line)
|
|
|
1862 char_u *line;
|
|
|
1863 {
|
|
|
1864 int i;
|
|
|
1865
|
|
|
1866 /* find start of trailing white space */
|
|
|
1867 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
|
|
|
1868 {
|
|
|
1869 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1870 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1871 }
|
|
|
1872 line[i + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
1873 }
|
|
|
1874
|
|
|
1875 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|
1876 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1877 /*
|
|
|
1878 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1879 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
|
|
|
1880 */
|
|
|
1881 void
|
|
|
1882 backspace_until_column(col)
|
|
|
1883 int col;
|
|
|
1884 {
|
|
|
1885 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
|
|
|
1886 {
|
|
|
1887 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
1888 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1889 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
1890 else
|
|
|
1891 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
1892 }
|
|
|
1893 }
|
|
|
1894 #endif
|
|
|
1895
|
|
|
1896 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1897 /*
|
|
|
1898 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
|
|
|
1899 * This depends on the current mode.
|
|
|
1900 */
|
|
|
1901 int
|
|
|
1902 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
|
|
|
1903 int c;
|
|
|
1904 {
|
|
|
1905 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
|
|
|
1906 if (c == Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
1907 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1908
|
|
|
1909 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
1910 {
|
|
|
1911 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1912 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
|
1913 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
|
|
|
1914 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
|
|
|
1915 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
|
|
|
1916 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
|
|
|
1917 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
|
|
|
1918 || c == Ctrl_Q);
|
|
|
1919 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
|
|
|
1920 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
|
|
|
1921 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
|
1922 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1923 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
1924 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1925 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
1926 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1927 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
1928 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1929 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
1930 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1931 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
1932 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
1933 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1934 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
|
1935 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1936 #endif
|
|
|
1937 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
1938 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
|
|
|
1939 || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
12
|
1940 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1941 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
|
1942 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
|
1943 #endif
|
|
7
|
1944 }
|
|
|
1945 EMSG(_(e_internal));
|
|
|
1946 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1947 }
|
|
|
1948
|
|
|
1949 /*
|
|
|
1950 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if ic and inf are set, then the
|
|
|
1951 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
|
|
|
1952 * text is infered, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
|
|
|
1953 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
|
|
|
1954 */
|
|
|
1955 int
|
|
|
1956 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, fname, dir, reuse)
|
|
|
1957 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1958 int len;
|
|
|
1959 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
1960 int dir;
|
|
|
1961 int reuse;
|
|
|
1962 {
|
|
|
1963 int has_lower = FALSE;
|
|
|
1964 int was_letter = FALSE;
|
|
|
1965 int idx;
|
|
|
1966
|
|
|
1967 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len < IOSIZE)
|
|
|
1968 {
|
|
|
1969 /* Infer case of completed part -- webb */
|
|
|
1970 /* Use IObuff, str would change text in buffer! */
|
|
|
1971 STRNCPY(IObuff, str, len);
|
|
|
1972 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1973
|
|
|
1974 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
|
|
|
1975 for (idx = 0; idx < completion_length; ++idx)
|
|
|
1976 {
|
|
|
1977 if (islower(original_text[idx]))
|
|
|
1978 {
|
|
|
1979 has_lower = TRUE;
|
|
|
1980 if (isupper(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
1981 {
|
|
|
1982 /* Rule 1 is satisfied */
|
|
|
1983 for (idx = completion_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
|
1984 IObuff[idx] = TOLOWER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
1985 break;
|
|
|
1986 }
|
|
|
1987 }
|
|
|
1988 }
|
|
|
1989
|
|
|
1990 /*
|
|
|
1991 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
|
|
|
1992 * upper case.
|
|
|
1993 */
|
|
|
1994 if (!has_lower)
|
|
|
1995 {
|
|
|
1996 for (idx = 0; idx < completion_length; ++idx)
|
|
|
1997 {
|
|
|
1998 if (was_letter && isupper(original_text[idx])
|
|
|
1999 && islower(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
2000 {
|
|
|
2001 /* Rule 2 is satisfied */
|
|
|
2002 for (idx = completion_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
|
2003 IObuff[idx] = TOUPPER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
2004 break;
|
|
|
2005 }
|
|
|
2006 was_letter = isalpha(original_text[idx]);
|
|
|
2007 }
|
|
|
2008 }
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed */
|
|
|
2011 STRNCPY(IObuff, original_text, completion_length);
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, fname, dir, reuse);
|
|
|
2014 }
|
|
|
2015 return ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, reuse);
|
|
|
2016 }
|
|
|
2017
|
|
|
2018 /*
|
|
|
2019 * Add a match to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2020 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
2021 * FAIL, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
|
2022 * maybe because alloc returns NULL, then RET_ERROR is returned -- webb.
|
|
|
2023 */
|
|
|
2024 static int
|
|
|
2025 ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, reuse)
|
|
|
2026 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2027 int len;
|
|
|
2028 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
2029 int dir;
|
|
|
2030 int reuse;
|
|
|
2031 {
|
|
|
2032 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
2033
|
|
|
2034 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
2035 if (got_int)
|
|
|
2036 return RET_ERROR;
|
|
|
2037 if (len < 0)
|
|
|
2038 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
|
2039
|
|
|
2040 /*
|
|
|
2041 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
|
|
|
2042 */
|
|
|
2043 if (first_match != NULL)
|
|
|
2044 {
|
|
|
2045 match = first_match;
|
|
|
2046 do
|
|
|
2047 {
|
|
|
2048 if ( !(match->original & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2049 && STRNCMP(match->str, str, (size_t)len) == 0
|
|
|
2050 && match->str[len] == NUL)
|
|
|
2051 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2052 match = match->next;
|
|
|
2053 } while (match != NULL && match != first_match);
|
|
|
2054 }
|
|
|
2055
|
|
|
2056 /*
|
|
|
2057 * Allocate a new match structure.
|
|
|
2058 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
|
|
|
2059 */
|
|
|
2060 match = (struct Completion *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct Completion));
|
|
|
2061 if (match == NULL)
|
|
|
2062 return RET_ERROR;
|
|
|
2063 match->number = -1;
|
|
|
2064 if (reuse & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2065 {
|
|
|
2066 match->number = 0;
|
|
|
2067 match->str = original_text;
|
|
|
2068 }
|
|
|
2069 else if ((match->str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
|
|
|
2070 {
|
|
|
2071 vim_free(match);
|
|
|
2072 return RET_ERROR;
|
|
|
2073 }
|
|
|
2074 /* match-fname is:
|
|
|
2075 * - curr_match->fname if it is a string equal to fname.
|
|
|
2076 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
|
|
|
2077 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
|
|
|
2078 if (fname && curr_match && curr_match->fname
|
|
|
2079 && STRCMP(fname, curr_match->fname) == 0)
|
|
|
2080 match->fname = curr_match->fname;
|
|
|
2081 else if (fname && (match->fname = vim_strsave(fname)) != NULL)
|
|
|
2082 reuse |= FREE_FNAME;
|
|
|
2083 else
|
|
|
2084 match->fname = NULL;
|
|
|
2085 match->original = reuse;
|
|
|
2086
|
|
|
2087 /*
|
|
|
2088 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
|
|
|
2089 */
|
|
|
2090 if (first_match == NULL)
|
|
|
2091 match->next = match->prev = NULL;
|
|
|
2092 else if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
2093 {
|
|
|
2094 match->next = curr_match->next;
|
|
|
2095 match->prev = curr_match;
|
|
|
2096 }
|
|
|
2097 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
2098 {
|
|
|
2099 match->next = curr_match;
|
|
|
2100 match->prev = curr_match->prev;
|
|
|
2101 }
|
|
|
2102 if (match->next)
|
|
|
2103 match->next->prev = match;
|
|
|
2104 if (match->prev)
|
|
|
2105 match->prev->next = match;
|
|
|
2106 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
|
|
|
2107 first_match = match;
|
|
|
2108 curr_match = match;
|
|
|
2109
|
|
|
2110 return OK;
|
|
|
2111 }
|
|
|
2112
|
|
|
2113 /*
|
|
|
2114 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2115 * Frees matches[].
|
|
|
2116 */
|
|
|
2117 static void
|
|
|
2118 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir)
|
|
|
2119 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2120 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
2121 int dir;
|
|
|
2122 {
|
|
|
2123 int i;
|
|
|
2124 int add_r = OK;
|
|
|
2125 int ldir = dir;
|
|
|
2126
|
|
|
2127 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != RET_ERROR; i++)
|
|
|
2128 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, NULL, ldir, 0)) == OK)
|
|
|
2129 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2130 ldir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
2131 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
|
|
|
2132 }
|
|
|
2133
|
|
|
2134 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
|
|
|
2135 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
|
|
|
2136 */
|
|
|
2137 static int
|
|
|
2138 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
|
|
|
2139 {
|
|
|
2140 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
2141 int count = 0;
|
|
|
2142
|
|
|
2143 if (first_match != NULL)
|
|
|
2144 {
|
|
|
2145 /*
|
|
|
2146 * Find the end of the list.
|
|
|
2147 */
|
|
|
2148 match = first_match;
|
|
|
2149 /* there's always an entry for the original_text, it doesn't count. */
|
|
|
2150 while (match->next != NULL && match->next != first_match)
|
|
|
2151 {
|
|
|
2152 match = match->next;
|
|
|
2153 ++count;
|
|
|
2154 }
|
|
|
2155 match->next = first_match;
|
|
|
2156 first_match->prev = match;
|
|
|
2157 }
|
|
|
2158 return count;
|
|
|
2159 }
|
|
|
2160
|
|
|
2161 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
|
|
|
2162 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
|
|
|
2163 /*
|
|
|
2164 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern to the list of
|
|
|
2165 * completions.
|
|
|
2166 */
|
|
|
2167 static void
|
|
|
2168 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict, pat, dir, flags, thesaurus)
|
|
|
2169 char_u *dict;
|
|
|
2170 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
2171 int dir;
|
|
|
2172 int flags;
|
|
|
2173 int thesaurus;
|
|
|
2174 {
|
|
|
2175 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2176 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2177 FILE *fp;
|
|
|
2178 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2179 int add_r;
|
|
|
2180 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2181 int count;
|
|
|
2182 int i;
|
|
|
2183 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2184
|
|
|
2185 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
|
|
|
2186 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
|
|
|
2187 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2188 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2189 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
|
2190 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
|
2191 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
|
|
|
2192 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
|
|
|
2193 while (buf != NULL && regmatch.regprog != NULL && *dict != NUL
|
|
|
2194 && !got_int && !completion_interrupted)
|
|
|
2195 {
|
|
|
2196 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
|
|
|
2197 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2198 {
|
|
|
2199 count = 1;
|
|
|
2200 files = &dict;
|
|
|
2201 }
|
|
|
2202 else
|
|
|
2203 {
|
|
|
2204 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
|
|
|
2205 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
|
|
|
2206 * a modeline). */
|
|
|
2207 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
2208 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
|
|
|
2209 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
|
|
|
2210 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
|
|
|
2211 count = 0;
|
|
|
2212 }
|
|
|
2213
|
|
|
2214 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !completion_interrupted; i++)
|
|
|
2215 {
|
|
|
2216 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
|
|
|
2217 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2218 {
|
|
|
2219 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning dictionary: %s"),
|
|
|
2220 (char *)files[i]);
|
|
|
2221 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2222 }
|
|
|
2223
|
|
|
2224 if (fp != NULL)
|
|
|
2225 {
|
|
|
2226 /*
|
|
|
2227 * Read dictionary file line by line.
|
|
|
2228 * Check each line for a match.
|
|
|
2229 */
|
|
|
2230 while (!got_int && !completion_interrupted
|
|
|
2231 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
|
|
|
2232 {
|
|
|
2233 ptr = buf;
|
|
|
2234 while (vim_regexec(®match, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
|
|
|
2235 {
|
|
|
2236 ptr = regmatch.startp[0];
|
|
|
2237 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2238 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch.startp[0],
|
|
|
2239 (int)(ptr - regmatch.startp[0]),
|
|
|
2240 files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2241 if (thesaurus)
|
|
|
2242 {
|
|
|
2243 char_u *wstart;
|
|
|
2244
|
|
|
2245 /*
|
|
|
2246 * Add the other matches on the line
|
|
|
2247 */
|
|
|
2248 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
2249 {
|
|
|
2250 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
|
|
|
2251 * space and punctuation. */
|
|
|
2252 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
|
|
|
2253 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
|
|
|
2254 break;
|
|
|
2255 wstart = ptr;
|
|
|
2256
|
|
|
2257 /* Find end of the word and add it. */
|
|
|
2258 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2259 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2260 /* Japanese words may have characters in
|
|
|
2261 * different classes, only separate words
|
|
|
2262 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
|
|
|
2263 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2264 {
|
|
|
2265 int l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
2266
|
|
|
2267 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2268 break;
|
|
|
2269 ptr += l;
|
|
|
2270 }
|
|
|
2271 else
|
|
|
2272 #endif
|
|
|
2273 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2274 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
|
|
|
2275 (int)(ptr - wstart), files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2276 }
|
|
|
2277 }
|
|
|
2278 if (add_r == OK)
|
|
|
2279 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2280 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
2281 else if (add_r == RET_ERROR)
|
|
|
2282 break;
|
|
|
2283 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
|
|
|
2284 * of line */
|
|
|
2285 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
|
|
|
2286 break;
|
|
|
2287 }
|
|
|
2288 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
2289 ins_compl_check_keys();
|
|
|
2290 }
|
|
|
2291 fclose(fp);
|
|
|
2292 }
|
|
|
2293 }
|
|
|
2294 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2295 FreeWild(count, files);
|
|
|
2296 if (flags)
|
|
|
2297 break;
|
|
|
2298 }
|
|
|
2299 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2300 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
2301 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
2302 }
|
|
|
2303
|
|
|
2304 /*
|
|
|
2305 * Find the start of the next word.
|
|
|
2306 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
|
|
|
2307 */
|
|
|
2308 char_u *
|
|
|
2309 find_word_start(ptr)
|
|
|
2310 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2311 {
|
|
|
2312 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2313 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2314 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
|
|
|
2315 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
2316 else
|
|
|
2317 #endif
|
|
|
2318 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2319 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2320 return ptr;
|
|
|
2321 }
|
|
|
2322
|
|
|
2323 /*
|
|
|
2324 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
|
|
|
2325 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
|
|
|
2326 */
|
|
|
2327 char_u *
|
|
|
2328 find_word_end(ptr)
|
|
|
2329 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2330 {
|
|
|
2331 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2332 int start_class;
|
|
|
2333
|
|
|
2334 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2335 {
|
|
|
2336 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
|
|
|
2337 if (start_class > 1)
|
|
|
2338 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2339 {
|
|
|
2340 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr);
|
|
|
2341 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
|
|
|
2342 break;
|
|
|
2343 }
|
|
|
2344 }
|
|
|
2345 else
|
|
|
2346 #endif
|
|
|
2347 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2348 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2349 return ptr;
|
|
|
2350 }
|
|
|
2351
|
|
|
2352 /*
|
|
|
2353 * Free the list of completions
|
|
|
2354 */
|
|
|
2355 static void
|
|
|
2356 ins_compl_free()
|
|
|
2357 {
|
|
|
2358 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
2359
|
|
|
2360 vim_free(complete_pat);
|
|
|
2361 complete_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
2362
|
|
|
2363 if (first_match == NULL)
|
|
|
2364 return;
|
|
|
2365 curr_match = first_match;
|
|
|
2366 do
|
|
|
2367 {
|
|
|
2368 match = curr_match;
|
|
|
2369 curr_match = curr_match->next;
|
|
|
2370 vim_free(match->str);
|
|
|
2371 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
|
|
|
2372 if (match->original & FREE_FNAME)
|
|
|
2373 vim_free(match->fname);
|
|
|
2374 vim_free(match);
|
|
|
2375 } while (curr_match != NULL && curr_match != first_match);
|
|
|
2376 first_match = curr_match = NULL;
|
|
|
2377 }
|
|
|
2378
|
|
|
2379 static void
|
|
|
2380 ins_compl_clear()
|
|
|
2381 {
|
|
|
2382 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
2383 started_completion = FALSE;
|
|
|
2384 completion_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2385 vim_free(complete_pat);
|
|
|
2386 complete_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
2387 save_sm = -1;
|
|
|
2388 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2389 }
|
|
|
2390
|
|
|
2391 /*
|
|
|
2392 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
|
|
|
2393 */
|
|
|
2394 static void
|
|
|
2395 ins_compl_prep(c)
|
|
|
2396 int c;
|
|
|
2397 {
|
|
|
2398 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2399 char_u *tmp_ptr;
|
|
|
2400 int temp;
|
|
|
2401 int want_cindent;
|
|
|
2402
|
|
|
2403 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
|
|
|
2404 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
|
|
|
2405 */
|
|
|
2406 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2407 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2408
|
|
|
2409 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping */
|
|
|
2410 if (c == K_SELECT)
|
|
|
2411 return;
|
|
|
2412
|
|
|
2413 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
|
|
|
2414 {
|
|
|
2415 /*
|
|
|
2416 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
|
|
|
2417 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
|
|
|
2418 */
|
|
|
2419 switch (c)
|
|
|
2420 {
|
|
|
2421 case Ctrl_E:
|
|
|
2422 case Ctrl_Y:
|
|
|
2423 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
|
|
|
2424 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
2425 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2426 else
|
|
|
2427 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2428 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
2429 showmode();
|
|
|
2430 break;
|
|
|
2431 case Ctrl_L:
|
|
|
2432 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
|
2433 break;
|
|
|
2434 case Ctrl_F:
|
|
|
2435 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
|
|
|
2436 break;
|
|
|
2437 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
2438 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2439 break;
|
|
|
2440 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
|
2441 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
|
|
|
2442 break;
|
|
|
2443 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
|
2444 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
2445 break;
|
|
12
|
2446 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2447 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
|
2448 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
|
|
|
2449 break;
|
|
|
2450 #endif
|
|
7
|
2451 case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
|
2452 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
2453 break;
|
|
|
2454 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2455 case Ctrl_I:
|
|
|
2456 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
|
2457 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
2458 break;
|
|
|
2459 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
|
2460 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
2461 break;
|
|
|
2462 #endif
|
|
|
2463 case Ctrl_V:
|
|
|
2464 case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
|
2465 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
|
|
|
2466 break;
|
|
|
2467 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
|
2468 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
2469 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
|
|
|
2470 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
|
|
|
2471 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2472 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
|
|
|
2473 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2474 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
|
|
|
2475 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
2476 if (!(continue_status & CONT_INTRPT))
|
|
|
2477 continue_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
2478 else if (continue_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2479 continue_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
2480 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
2481 default:
|
|
|
2482 /* if we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
|
|
|
2483 * continue_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X mode)
|
|
|
2484 * for mode 0, we set continue_mode to an impossible value, in
|
|
|
2485 * both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same mode
|
|
|
2486 * (avoiding ADDING mode). Undocumented feature:
|
|
|
2487 * In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start 'complete' and local
|
|
|
2488 * ^P expansions respectively. In mode 0 an extra ^X is
|
|
|
2489 * needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
2490 if (c == Ctrl_X)
|
|
|
2491 {
|
|
|
2492 if (continue_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2493 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
2494 else
|
|
|
2495 continue_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
|
2496 }
|
|
|
2497 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2498 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2499 showmode();
|
|
|
2500 break;
|
|
|
2501 }
|
|
|
2502 }
|
|
|
2503 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2504 {
|
|
|
2505 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
|
|
|
2506 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2507 {
|
|
|
2508 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
2509 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2510 else
|
|
|
2511 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
|
|
|
2512 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2513 }
|
|
|
2514 showmode();
|
|
|
2515 }
|
|
|
2516
|
|
|
2517 if (started_completion || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
|
2518 {
|
|
|
2519 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
|
|
|
2520 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
|
|
|
2521 * showing what mode we are in.
|
|
|
2522 */
|
|
|
2523 showmode();
|
|
|
2524 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
2525 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
|
2526 {
|
|
|
2527 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
|
|
|
2528 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
|
|
|
2529 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert.
|
|
|
2530 */
|
|
|
2531 if (curr_match != NULL)
|
|
|
2532 {
|
|
|
2533 /*
|
|
|
2534 * If any of the original typed text has been changed,
|
|
|
2535 * eg when ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to
|
|
|
2536 * the redo buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete
|
|
|
2537 * just the part of the original text that has changed.
|
|
|
2538 */
|
|
|
2539 ptr = curr_match->str;
|
|
|
2540 tmp_ptr = original_text;
|
|
|
2541 while (*tmp_ptr && *tmp_ptr == *ptr)
|
|
|
2542 {
|
|
|
2543 ++tmp_ptr;
|
|
|
2544 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2545 }
|
|
|
2546 for (temp = 0; tmp_ptr[temp]; ++temp)
|
|
|
2547 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
|
|
|
2548 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr);
|
|
|
2549 }
|
|
|
2550
|
|
|
2551 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2552 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
|
|
|
2553 #endif
|
|
|
2554 /*
|
|
|
2555 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
|
|
|
2556 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
|
|
|
2557 */
|
|
|
2558 if (continue_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2559 {
|
|
|
2560 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2561 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
2562 if (want_cindent)
|
|
|
2563 {
|
|
|
2564 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2565 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
|
|
|
2566 }
|
|
|
2567 #endif
|
|
|
2568 }
|
|
|
2569 else
|
|
|
2570 {
|
|
|
2571 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
|
|
|
2572 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
2573 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
2574 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
|
|
|
2575 curwin->w_cursor.col++;
|
|
|
2576 }
|
|
|
2577
|
|
|
2578 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
2579
|
|
|
2580 ins_compl_free();
|
|
|
2581 started_completion = FALSE;
|
|
|
2582 completion_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2583 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
2584 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2585 p_sm = save_sm;
|
|
|
2586 if (edit_submode != NULL)
|
|
|
2587 {
|
|
|
2588 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2589 showmode();
|
|
|
2590 }
|
|
|
2591
|
|
|
2592 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2593 /*
|
|
|
2594 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
2595 */
|
|
|
2596 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
|
|
|
2597 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2598 #endif
|
|
|
2599 }
|
|
|
2600 }
|
|
|
2601
|
|
|
2602 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
|
|
|
2603 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
|
|
|
2604 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2605 {
|
|
|
2606 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
2607 continue_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2608 }
|
|
|
2609 }
|
|
|
2610
|
|
|
2611 /*
|
|
|
2612 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
|
|
|
2613 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
|
|
|
2614 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
|
|
|
2615 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
|
|
|
2616 *
|
|
|
2617 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
|
|
|
2618 */
|
|
|
2619 static buf_T *
|
|
|
2620 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
|
|
|
2621 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2622 int flag;
|
|
|
2623 {
|
|
|
2624 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2625 static win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2626 #endif
|
|
|
2627
|
|
|
2628 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
|
|
|
2629 {
|
|
|
2630 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2631 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
|
|
|
2632 wp = curwin;
|
|
|
2633 while ((wp = wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin) != curwin
|
|
|
2634 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
|
|
|
2635 ;
|
|
|
2636 buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
2637 #else
|
|
|
2638 buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
2639 #endif
|
|
|
2640 }
|
|
|
2641 else
|
|
|
2642 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
|
|
|
2643 * (unlisted buffers)
|
|
|
2644 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
|
|
|
2645 while ((buf = buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf) != curbuf
|
|
|
2646 && ((flag == 'U'
|
|
|
2647 ? buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
2648 : (!buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
2649 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
|
|
|
2650 || buf->b_scanned
|
|
|
2651 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL
|
|
|
2652 && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)))
|
|
|
2653 ;
|
|
|
2654 return buf;
|
|
|
2655 }
|
|
|
2656
|
|
12
|
2657 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2658 static char_u *call_completefunc __ARGS((char_u *line, char_u *base, int col, int preproc));
|
|
20
|
2659 static int expand_by_function __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, int col, char_u *base, char_u ***matches));
|
|
12
|
2660
|
|
|
2661 /*
|
|
|
2662 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc'.
|
|
|
2663 * Return NULL if some error occurs.
|
|
|
2664 */
|
|
|
2665 static char_u *
|
|
|
2666 call_completefunc(line, base, col, preproc)
|
|
|
2667 char_u *line;
|
|
|
2668 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2669 int col;
|
|
|
2670 int preproc;
|
|
|
2671 {
|
|
|
2672 char_u colbuf[30];
|
|
|
2673 char_u *args[4];
|
|
|
2674
|
|
|
2675 /* Return NULL when 'completefunc' isn't set. */
|
|
|
2676 if (*curbuf->b_p_cfu == NUL)
|
|
|
2677 return NULL;
|
|
|
2678
|
|
|
2679 sprintf((char *)colbuf, "%d", col + (base ? (int)STRLEN(base) : 0));
|
|
|
2680 args[0] = line;
|
|
|
2681 args[1] = base;
|
|
|
2682 args[2] = colbuf;
|
|
20
|
2683 args[3] = (char_u *)(preproc ? "1" : "0");
|
|
12
|
2684 return call_vim_function(curbuf->b_p_cfu, 4, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
2685 }
|
|
|
2686
|
|
|
2687 /*
|
|
|
2688 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc', and get candidates
|
|
|
2689 * are separeted with "\n". Return value is number of candidates and array
|
|
|
2690 * of candidates as "matches".
|
|
|
2691 */
|
|
|
2692 static int
|
|
|
2693 expand_by_function(lnum, col, base, matches)
|
|
20
|
2694 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
12
|
2695 int col;
|
|
|
2696 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2697 char_u ***matches;
|
|
|
2698 {
|
|
|
2699 char_u *matchstr = NULL;
|
|
|
2700
|
|
|
2701 /* Execute 'completefunc' and get the result */
|
|
|
2702 matchstr = call_completefunc(ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, FALSE), base, col, 0);
|
|
|
2703
|
|
|
2704 /* Parse returned string */
|
|
|
2705 if (matchstr != NULL)
|
|
|
2706 {
|
|
|
2707 garray_T ga;
|
|
|
2708 char_u *p, *pnext;
|
|
|
2709
|
|
|
2710 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char*), 8);
|
|
|
2711 for (p = matchstr; *p != NUL; p = pnext)
|
|
|
2712 {
|
|
|
2713 int len;
|
|
|
2714
|
|
|
2715 pnext = vim_strchr(p, '\n');
|
|
|
2716 if (pnext == NULL)
|
|
|
2717 pnext = p + STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
2718 len = pnext - p;
|
|
|
2719 if (len > 0)
|
|
|
2720 {
|
|
|
2721 if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2722 break;
|
|
|
2723 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = vim_strnsave(p, len);
|
|
|
2724 ++ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
2725 }
|
|
|
2726 if (*pnext != NUL)
|
|
|
2727 ++pnext;
|
|
|
2728 }
|
|
|
2729 vim_free(matchstr);
|
|
|
2730 if (ga.ga_len > 0)
|
|
|
2731 *matches = (char_u**)ga.ga_data;
|
|
|
2732 return ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
2733 }
|
|
|
2734 return 0;
|
|
|
2735 }
|
|
|
2736 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
|
|
|
2737
|
|
7
|
2738 /*
|
|
|
2739 * Get the next expansion(s) for the text starting at the initial curbuf
|
|
|
2740 * position "ini" and in the direction dir.
|
|
|
2741 * Return the total of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
|
|
|
2742 */
|
|
|
2743 static int
|
|
|
2744 ins_compl_get_exp(ini, dir)
|
|
|
2745 pos_T *ini;
|
|
|
2746 int dir;
|
|
|
2747 {
|
|
|
2748 static pos_T first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2749 static pos_T last_match_pos;
|
|
|
2750 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
|
|
|
2751 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches. */
|
|
|
2752 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL;
|
|
|
2753
|
|
|
2754 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2755 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
2756 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2757 int save_p_ws;
|
|
|
2758 int save_p_ic;
|
|
|
2759 int i;
|
|
|
2760 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2761 int len;
|
|
|
2762 int found_new_match;
|
|
|
2763 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
2764 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2765 char_u *tmp_ptr;
|
|
|
2766 char_u *dict = NULL;
|
|
|
2767 int dict_f = 0;
|
|
|
2768 struct Completion *old_match;
|
|
|
2769
|
|
|
2770 if (!started_completion)
|
|
|
2771 {
|
|
|
2772 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
|
|
|
2773 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
|
|
|
2774 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
2775 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
12
|
2776 e_cpt = (continue_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
|
2777 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
|
|
7
|
2778 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
2779 }
|
|
|
2780
|
|
|
2781 old_match = curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
|
|
|
2782 pos = (dir == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2783 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
|
|
|
2784 for (;;)
|
|
|
2785 {
|
|
|
2786 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
2787
|
|
|
2788 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if started_completion is off,
|
|
|
2789 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
|
|
|
2790 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
|
|
|
2791 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2792 && (!started_completion || found_all))
|
|
|
2793 {
|
|
|
2794 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
2795 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
|
|
|
2796 e_cpt++;
|
|
|
2797 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
|
|
|
2798 {
|
|
|
2799 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
2800 first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
2801 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
|
|
|
2802 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
|
|
|
2803 dec(&first_match_pos);
|
|
|
2804 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2805 type = 0;
|
|
|
2806 }
|
|
|
2807 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
|
|
|
2808 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
|
|
|
2809 {
|
|
|
2810 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
|
|
|
2811 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
|
|
|
2812 {
|
|
|
2813 started_completion = TRUE;
|
|
|
2814 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
2815 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
|
|
|
2816 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2817 type = 0;
|
|
|
2818 }
|
|
|
2819 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
|
|
|
2820 {
|
|
|
2821 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2822 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
|
2823 continue;
|
|
|
2824 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2825 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
|
|
|
2826 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
|
|
|
2827 }
|
|
|
2828 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("Scanning: %s"),
|
|
|
2829 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
|
2830 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
|
|
|
2831 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
|
2832 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
|
|
|
2833 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
|
|
|
2834 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2835 }
|
|
|
2836 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
|
|
|
2837 break;
|
|
|
2838 else
|
|
|
2839 {
|
|
|
2840 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2841 type = -1;
|
|
|
2842 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
|
|
|
2843 {
|
|
|
2844 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
|
|
|
2845 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2846 else
|
|
|
2847 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
2848 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
|
|
|
2849 {
|
|
|
2850 dict = e_cpt;
|
|
|
2851 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
|
|
|
2852 }
|
|
|
2853 }
|
|
|
2854 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2855 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
|
|
|
2856 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
2857 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
|
|
|
2858 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
2859 #endif
|
|
|
2860 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
|
|
|
2861 {
|
|
|
2862 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
2863 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
|
|
|
2864 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2865 }
|
|
|
2866 else
|
|
|
2867 type = -1;
|
|
|
2868
|
|
|
2869 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
|
|
|
2870 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
2871
|
|
|
2872 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2873 if (type == -1)
|
|
|
2874 continue;
|
|
|
2875 }
|
|
|
2876 }
|
|
|
2877
|
|
|
2878 switch (type)
|
|
|
2879 {
|
|
|
2880 case -1:
|
|
|
2881 break;
|
|
|
2882 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2883 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
2884 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
|
2885 find_pattern_in_path(complete_pat, dir,
|
|
|
2886 (int)STRLEN(complete_pat), FALSE, FALSE,
|
|
|
2887 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
|
|
|
2888 && !(continue_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
|
2889 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
|
|
|
2890 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
|
|
|
2891 break;
|
|
|
2892 #endif
|
|
|
2893
|
|
|
2894 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
2895 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
2896 ins_compl_dictionaries(
|
|
|
2897 dict ? dict
|
|
|
2898 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
|
|
|
2899 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
|
|
|
2900 ? p_tsr
|
|
|
2901 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
|
|
|
2902 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
|
|
|
2903 ? p_dict
|
|
|
2904 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
|
|
|
2905 complete_pat, dir,
|
|
|
2906 dict ? dict_f : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
|
|
|
2907 dict = NULL;
|
|
|
2908 break;
|
|
|
2909
|
|
|
2910 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
2911 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
|
|
|
2912 save_p_ic = p_ic;
|
|
|
2913 p_ic = ignorecase(complete_pat);
|
|
|
2914
|
|
|
2915 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
|
|
|
2916 * of matches is found when complete_pat is empty */
|
|
|
2917 if (find_tags(complete_pat, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
|
2918 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
|
2919 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
|
2920 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
2921 {
|
|
|
2922 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2923 }
|
|
|
2924 p_ic = save_p_ic;
|
|
|
2925 break;
|
|
|
2926
|
|
|
2927 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
2928 if (expand_wildcards(1, &complete_pat, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
|
2929 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
|
|
|
2930 {
|
|
|
2931
|
|
|
2932 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
|
|
|
2933 tilde_replace(complete_pat, num_matches, matches);
|
|
|
2934 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2935 }
|
|
|
2936 break;
|
|
|
2937
|
|
|
2938 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
2939 if (expand_cmdline(&complete_xp, complete_pat,
|
|
|
2940 (int)STRLEN(complete_pat),
|
|
|
2941 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
|
|
|
2942 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2943 break;
|
|
|
2944
|
|
12
|
2945 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2946 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
|
2947 num_matches = expand_by_function(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
|
2948 first_match_pos.col, complete_pat, &matches);
|
|
|
2949 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
2950 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2951 break;
|
|
|
2952 #endif
|
|
|
2953
|
|
7
|
2954 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
|
|
|
2955 /*
|
|
|
2956 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
|
|
|
2957 */
|
|
|
2958 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2959 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2960 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
|
2961 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
|
|
|
2962 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
|
|
|
2963 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
|
|
|
2964 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
|
|
|
2965 save_p_ws = p_ws;
|
|
|
2966 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
|
|
|
2967 p_ws = FALSE;
|
|
|
2968 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
|
|
|
2969 p_ws = TRUE;
|
|
|
2970 for (;;)
|
|
|
2971 {
|
|
|
2972 int reuse = 0;
|
|
|
2973
|
|
|
2974 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that has
|
|
|
2975 * added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
|
|
|
2976 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
|
|
2977 || (continue_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
|
2978 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
|
|
|
2979 dir, complete_pat);
|
|
|
2980 else
|
|
|
2981 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, dir,
|
|
|
2982 complete_pat, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
|
|
|
2983 RE_LAST);
|
|
|
2984 if (!started_completion)
|
|
|
2985 {
|
|
|
2986 /* set started_completion even on fail */
|
|
|
2987 started_completion = TRUE;
|
|
|
2988 first_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
2989 last_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
2990 }
|
|
|
2991 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
|
|
|
2992 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
|
|
|
2993 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
2994 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
|
|
|
2995 {
|
|
|
2996 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
|
|
|
2997 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2998 break;
|
|
|
2999 }
|
|
|
3000
|
|
|
3001 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
|
|
|
3002 if ( (continue_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
|
|
|
3003 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
|
|
|
3004 && ini->col == pos->col)
|
|
|
3005 continue;
|
|
|
3006 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
|
|
|
3007 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3008 {
|
|
|
3009 if (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3010 {
|
|
|
3011 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3012 continue;
|
|
|
3013 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
3014 if (!p_paste)
|
|
|
3015 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
3016 }
|
|
|
3017 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
3018 }
|
|
|
3019 else
|
|
|
3020 {
|
|
|
3021 tmp_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
3022 if (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3023 {
|
|
|
3024 tmp_ptr += completion_length;
|
|
|
3025 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
|
|
|
3026 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
|
|
|
3027 continue;
|
|
|
3028 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
3029 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3030 }
|
|
|
3031 /* Find end of this word. */
|
|
|
3032 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3033 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3034
|
|
|
3035 if ((continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3036 && len == completion_length)
|
|
|
3037 {
|
|
|
3038 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
3039 {
|
|
|
3040 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
|
|
|
3041 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
|
|
|
3042 * IOSIZE is always greater than
|
|
|
3043 * completion_length, so the next STRNCPY always
|
|
|
3044 * works -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3045 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
|
|
|
3046 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
3047 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
3048 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
3049 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3050 /* Find end of next word. */
|
|
|
3051 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
3052 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
|
|
|
3053 {
|
|
|
3054 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len-1] != TAB)
|
|
|
3055 {
|
|
|
3056 if (IObuff[len-1] != ' ')
|
|
|
3057 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3058 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
|
|
|
3059 if (p_js
|
|
|
3060 && (IObuff[len-2] == '.'
|
|
|
3061 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
|
|
|
3062 == NULL
|
|
|
3063 && (IObuff[len-2] == '?'
|
|
|
3064 || IObuff[len-2] == '!'))))
|
|
|
3065 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3066 }
|
|
|
3067 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
|
|
|
3068 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
|
|
|
3069 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
|
|
|
3070 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3071 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3072 reuse |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
|
3073 }
|
|
|
3074 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
3075 ptr = IObuff;
|
|
|
3076 }
|
|
|
3077 if (len == completion_length)
|
|
|
3078 continue;
|
|
|
3079 }
|
|
|
3080 }
|
|
|
3081 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len,
|
|
|
3082 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
|
|
|
3083 dir, reuse) != FAIL)
|
|
|
3084 {
|
|
|
3085 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3086 break;
|
|
|
3087 }
|
|
|
3088 }
|
|
|
3089 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
3090 p_ws = save_p_ws;
|
|
|
3091 }
|
|
|
3092 /* check if curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of expansion
|
|
|
3093 * added somenthing) */
|
|
|
3094 if (curr_match != old_match)
|
|
|
3095 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3096
|
|
|
3097 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
|
|
|
3098 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
|
|
|
3099 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3100 || found_new_match != FAIL)
|
|
|
3101 break;
|
|
|
3102
|
|
|
3103 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
|
|
|
3104 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
3105 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
|
|
|
3106
|
|
|
3107 started_completion = FALSE;
|
|
|
3108 }
|
|
|
3109 started_completion = TRUE;
|
|
|
3110
|
|
|
3111 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3112 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
|
|
|
3113 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3114
|
|
|
3115 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
|
|
|
3116 if (found_new_match == FAIL
|
|
|
3117 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
|
|
|
3118 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
|
3119
|
|
|
3120 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
|
|
|
3121 * just been made cyclic then we have to move curr_match to the next or
|
|
|
3122 * previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3123 curr_match = dir == FORWARD ? old_match->next : old_match->prev;
|
|
|
3124 if (curr_match == NULL)
|
|
|
3125 curr_match = old_match;
|
|
|
3126 return i;
|
|
|
3127 }
|
|
|
3128
|
|
|
3129 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
|
|
|
3130 static void
|
|
|
3131 ins_compl_delete()
|
|
|
3132 {
|
|
|
3133 int i;
|
|
|
3134
|
|
|
3135 /*
|
|
|
3136 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
|
|
|
3137 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
|
|
|
3138 */
|
|
|
3139 i = complete_col + (continue_status & CONT_ADDING ? completion_length : 0);
|
|
|
3140 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
3141 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
3142 }
|
|
|
3143
|
|
|
3144 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
|
|
|
3145 static void
|
|
|
3146 ins_compl_insert()
|
|
|
3147 {
|
|
|
3148 ins_bytes(shown_match->str + curwin->w_cursor.col - complete_col);
|
|
|
3149 }
|
|
|
3150
|
|
|
3151 /*
|
|
|
3152 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
|
|
|
3153 * If allow_get_expansion is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to get
|
|
|
3154 * more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there are
|
|
|
3155 * no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when we
|
|
|
3156 * are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing through
|
|
|
3157 * the ones found so far.
|
|
|
3158 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
|
|
|
3159 *
|
|
|
3160 * curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
|
|
|
3161 * shown_match here.
|
|
|
3162 *
|
|
|
3163 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
|
|
|
3164 * allow_get_expansion TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
|
|
|
3165 * calls this function with allow_get_expansion FALSE.
|
|
|
3166 */
|
|
|
3167 static int
|
|
|
3168 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3169 int allow_get_expansion;
|
|
|
3170 {
|
|
|
3171 int num_matches = -1;
|
|
|
3172 int i;
|
|
|
3173
|
|
|
3174 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3175 {
|
|
|
3176 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
|
|
|
3177 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3178 }
|
|
|
3179 completion_pending = FALSE;
|
|
|
3180 if (shown_direction == FORWARD && shown_match->next != NULL)
|
|
|
3181 shown_match = shown_match->next;
|
|
|
3182 else if (shown_direction == BACKWARD && shown_match->prev != NULL)
|
|
|
3183 shown_match = shown_match->prev;
|
|
|
3184 else
|
|
|
3185 {
|
|
|
3186 completion_pending = TRUE;
|
|
|
3187 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3188 {
|
|
|
3189 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&initial_pos, complete_direction);
|
|
|
3190 if (completion_pending)
|
|
|
3191 {
|
|
|
3192 if (complete_direction == shown_direction)
|
|
|
3193 shown_match = curr_match;
|
|
|
3194 }
|
|
|
3195 }
|
|
|
3196 else
|
|
|
3197 return -1;
|
|
|
3198 }
|
|
|
3199
|
|
|
3200 /* Insert the text of the new completion */
|
|
|
3201 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
3202
|
|
|
3203 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3204 {
|
|
|
3205 /* Display the current match. */
|
|
|
3206 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
3207
|
|
|
3208 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
|
|
|
3209 * don't want to match ourselves! */
|
|
|
3210 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3211 }
|
|
|
3212
|
|
|
3213 /*
|
|
|
3214 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
|
|
|
3215 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
|
|
|
3216 */
|
|
|
3217 if (shown_match->fname != NULL)
|
|
|
3218 {
|
|
|
3219 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
|
|
|
3220 i = (vim_strsize(shown_match->fname) + 16) - sc_col;
|
|
|
3221 if (i <= 0)
|
|
|
3222 i = 0;
|
|
|
3223 else
|
|
|
3224 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
|
|
|
3225 STRCAT(IObuff, shown_match->fname + i);
|
|
|
3226 msg(IObuff);
|
|
|
3227 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
|
|
|
3228 }
|
|
|
3229
|
|
|
3230 return num_matches;
|
|
|
3231 }
|
|
|
3232
|
|
|
3233 /*
|
|
|
3234 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
|
|
|
3235 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
|
|
|
3236 * mode. Also, when completion_pending is TRUE, show a completion as soon as
|
|
|
3237 * possible. -- webb
|
|
|
3238 */
|
|
|
3239 void
|
|
|
3240 ins_compl_check_keys()
|
|
|
3241 {
|
|
|
3242 static int count = 0;
|
|
|
3243
|
|
|
3244 int c;
|
|
|
3245
|
|
|
3246 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
|
|
|
3247 * scripts */
|
|
|
3248 if (using_script())
|
|
|
3249 return;
|
|
|
3250
|
|
|
3251 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
|
|
|
3252 if (++count < CHECK_KEYS_TIME)
|
|
|
3253 return;
|
|
|
3254 count = 0;
|
|
|
3255
|
|
|
3256 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
3257 c = vpeekc_any();
|
|
|
3258 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3259 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
3260 {
|
|
|
3261 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
3262 {
|
|
|
3263 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
|
|
|
3264 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L)
|
|
|
3265 shown_direction = BACKWARD;
|
|
|
3266 else
|
|
|
3267 shown_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
3268 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE);
|
|
|
3269 }
|
|
|
3270 else if (c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
3271 completion_interrupted = TRUE;
|
|
|
3272 }
|
|
|
3273 if (completion_pending && !got_int)
|
|
|
3274 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE);
|
|
|
3275 }
|
|
|
3276
|
|
|
3277 /*
|
|
|
3278 * Do Insert mode completion.
|
|
|
3279 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
|
|
|
3280 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
|
|
|
3281 */
|
|
|
3282 static int
|
|
|
3283 ins_complete(c)
|
|
|
3284 int c;
|
|
|
3285 {
|
|
|
3286 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3287 char_u *tmp_ptr = NULL; /* init for gcc */
|
|
|
3288 int temp = 0;
|
|
|
3289
|
|
|
3290 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L)
|
|
|
3291 complete_direction = BACKWARD;
|
|
|
3292 else
|
|
|
3293 complete_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
3294 if (!started_completion)
|
|
|
3295 {
|
|
|
3296 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
|
|
|
3297
|
|
|
3298 /* Turn off 'sm' so we don't show matches with ^X^L */
|
|
|
3299 save_sm = p_sm;
|
|
|
3300 p_sm = FALSE;
|
|
|
3301
|
|
|
3302 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
3303 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
3304 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3305 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3306 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
3307 #endif
|
|
|
3308 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
3309 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3310
|
|
|
3311 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
3312 complete_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
3313
|
|
|
3314 /* if this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
|
|
|
3315 * "initial_pos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word instead
|
|
|
3316 * of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if "initial_pos"
|
|
|
3317 * is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it (the line has
|
|
|
3318 * been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL is set then
|
|
|
3319 * skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of the line has
|
|
|
3320 * been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
|
|
|
3321 if ((continue_status & CONT_INTRPT) && continue_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
3322 {
|
|
|
3323 /*
|
|
|
3324 * it is a continued search
|
|
|
3325 */
|
|
|
3326 continue_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
|
|
|
3327 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
3328 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3329 {
|
|
|
3330 if (initial_pos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
3331 {
|
|
|
3332 /* line (probably) wrapped, set initial_pos to the first
|
|
|
3333 * non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar include
|
|
|
3334 * it to get a better pattern, but then we don't want the
|
|
|
3335 * "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
|
|
|
3336 tmp_ptr = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
3337 initial_pos.col = (colnr_T) (tmp_ptr - line);
|
|
|
3338 initial_pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3339 continue_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
|
|
|
3340 }
|
|
|
3341 else
|
|
|
3342 {
|
|
|
3343 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
|
|
|
3344 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
|
|
|
3345 * mode but first we need to redefine initial_pos */
|
|
|
3346 if (continue_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
|
3347 {
|
|
|
3348 continue_status |= CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3349 initial_pos.col = (colnr_T) (skipwhite(line + completion_length +
|
|
|
3350 initial_pos.col) - line);
|
|
|
3351 }
|
|
|
3352 tmp_ptr = line + initial_pos.col;
|
|
|
3353 }
|
|
|
3354 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)(tmp_ptr - line);
|
|
|
3355 /* IObuf is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
|
|
|
3356 * have enough space? just being paranoic */
|
|
|
3357 #define MIN_SPACE 75
|
|
|
3358 if (temp > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
|
|
|
3359 {
|
|
|
3360 continue_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3361 temp = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
|
|
|
3362 tmp_ptr = line + curwin->w_cursor.col - temp;
|
|
|
3363 }
|
|
|
3364 continue_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3365 if (temp < 1)
|
|
|
3366 continue_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
3367 }
|
|
|
3368 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3369 continue_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3370 else
|
|
|
3371 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
3372 }
|
|
|
3373 else
|
|
|
3374 continue_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
3375
|
|
|
3376 if (!(continue_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
|
|
|
3377 {
|
|
|
3378 continue_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
3379 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
|
|
|
3380 continue_status = 0;
|
|
|
3381 continue_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3382 initial_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3383 temp = (int)complete_col;
|
|
|
3384 tmp_ptr = line;
|
|
|
3385 }
|
|
|
3386
|
|
|
3387 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
|
|
|
3388 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
|
|
|
3389 {
|
|
|
3390 if ( (continue_status & CONT_SOL)
|
|
|
3391 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3392 {
|
|
|
3393 if (!(continue_status & CONT_ADDING))
|
|
|
3394 {
|
|
|
3395 while (--temp >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[temp]))
|
|
|
3396 ;
|
|
|
3397 tmp_ptr += ++temp;
|
|
|
3398 temp = complete_col - temp;
|
|
|
3399 }
|
|
|
3400 if (p_ic)
|
|
133
|
3401 complete_pat = str_foldcase(tmp_ptr, temp, NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
3402 else
|
|
|
3403 complete_pat = vim_strnsave(tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3404 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3405 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3406 }
|
|
|
3407 else if (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3408 {
|
|
|
3409 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
|
|
|
3410
|
|
|
3411 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
|
|
|
3412 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3413 complete_pat = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, tmp_ptr, temp) + 3);
|
|
|
3414 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3415 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3416 if (!vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)
|
|
|
3417 || (tmp_ptr > line
|
|
|
3418 && (
|
|
|
3419 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3420 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, tmp_ptr))
|
|
|
3421 #else
|
|
|
3422 vim_iswordc(*(tmp_ptr - 1))
|
|
|
3423 #endif
|
|
|
3424 )))
|
|
|
3425 prefix = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
3426 STRCPY((char *)complete_pat, prefix);
|
|
|
3427 (void)quote_meta(complete_pat + STRLEN(prefix), tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3428 }
|
|
|
3429 else if (
|
|
|
3430 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3431 --temp < 0 || !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line,
|
|
|
3432 line + temp + 1))
|
|
|
3433 #else
|
|
|
3434 --temp < 0 || !vim_iswordc(line[temp])
|
|
|
3435 #endif
|
|
|
3436 )
|
|
|
3437 {
|
|
|
3438 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
|
|
|
3439 complete_pat = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
|
|
|
3440 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3441 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3442 tmp_ptr += complete_col;
|
|
|
3443 temp = 0;
|
|
|
3444 }
|
|
|
3445 else
|
|
|
3446 {
|
|
|
3447 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3448 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
|
|
|
3449 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
|
|
|
3450 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3451 {
|
|
|
3452 int base_class;
|
|
|
3453 int head_off;
|
|
|
3454
|
|
|
3455 temp -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + temp);
|
|
|
3456 base_class = mb_get_class(line + temp);
|
|
|
3457 while (--temp >= 0)
|
|
|
3458 {
|
|
|
3459 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + temp);
|
|
|
3460 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + temp - head_off))
|
|
|
3461 break;
|
|
|
3462 temp -= head_off;
|
|
|
3463 }
|
|
|
3464 }
|
|
|
3465 else
|
|
|
3466 #endif
|
|
|
3467 while (--temp >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[temp]))
|
|
|
3468 ;
|
|
|
3469 tmp_ptr += ++temp;
|
|
|
3470 if ((temp = (int)complete_col - temp) == 1)
|
|
|
3471 {
|
|
|
3472 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
|
|
|
3473 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
|
|
|
3474 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
|
|
|
3475 */
|
|
|
3476 complete_pat = alloc(7);
|
|
|
3477 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3478 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3479 STRCPY((char *)complete_pat, "\\<");
|
|
|
3480 (void)quote_meta(complete_pat + 2, tmp_ptr, 1);
|
|
|
3481 STRCAT((char *)complete_pat, "\\k");
|
|
|
3482 }
|
|
|
3483 else
|
|
|
3484 {
|
|
|
3485 complete_pat = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, tmp_ptr, temp) + 3);
|
|
|
3486 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3487 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3488 STRCPY((char *)complete_pat, "\\<");
|
|
|
3489 (void)quote_meta(complete_pat + 2, tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3490 }
|
|
|
3491 }
|
|
|
3492 }
|
|
|
3493 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3494 {
|
|
|
3495 tmp_ptr = skipwhite(line);
|
|
|
3496 temp = (int)complete_col - (int)(tmp_ptr - line);
|
|
|
3497 if (temp < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
|
|
|
3498 temp = 0;
|
|
|
3499 if (p_ic)
|
|
133
|
3500 complete_pat = str_foldcase(tmp_ptr, temp, NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
3501 else
|
|
|
3502 complete_pat = vim_strnsave(tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3503 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3504 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3505 }
|
|
|
3506 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
3507 {
|
|
|
3508 while (--temp >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[temp]))
|
|
|
3509 ;
|
|
|
3510 tmp_ptr += ++temp;
|
|
|
3511 temp = (int)complete_col - temp;
|
|
|
3512 complete_pat = addstar(tmp_ptr, temp, EXPAND_FILES);
|
|
|
3513 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3514 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3515 }
|
|
|
3516 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3517 {
|
|
|
3518 complete_pat = vim_strnsave(line, complete_col);
|
|
|
3519 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3520 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3521 set_cmd_context(&complete_xp, complete_pat,
|
|
|
3522 (int)STRLEN(complete_pat), complete_col);
|
|
|
3523 if (complete_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
|
|
|
3524 || complete_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
|
|
|
3525 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3526 temp = (int)(complete_xp.xp_pattern - complete_pat);
|
|
|
3527 tmp_ptr = line + temp;
|
|
|
3528 temp = complete_col - temp;
|
|
|
3529 }
|
|
12
|
3530 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
3531 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
|
3532 {
|
|
|
3533 /*
|
|
|
3534 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with line content,
|
|
|
3535 * cursor column number and preproc is 1. Obtain length of text
|
|
|
3536 * to use for completion.
|
|
|
3537 */
|
|
|
3538 char_u *lenstr;
|
|
|
3539 int keeplen = 0;
|
|
|
3540
|
|
|
3541 /* Call 'completefunc' and get pattern length as a string */
|
|
|
3542 lenstr = call_completefunc(line, NULL, complete_col, 1);
|
|
|
3543 if (lenstr == NULL)
|
|
|
3544 return FAIL;
|
|
20
|
3545 keeplen = atoi((char *)lenstr);
|
|
12
|
3546 vim_free(lenstr);
|
|
|
3547 if (keeplen < 0)
|
|
|
3548 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3549 if ((colnr_T)keeplen > complete_col)
|
|
|
3550 keeplen = complete_col;
|
|
|
3551
|
|
|
3552 /* Setup variables for completion */
|
|
|
3553 tmp_ptr = line + keeplen;
|
|
|
3554 temp = complete_col - keeplen;
|
|
|
3555 complete_pat = vim_strnsave(tmp_ptr, temp);
|
|
|
3556 if (complete_pat == NULL)
|
|
|
3557 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3558 }
|
|
|
3559 #endif
|
|
7
|
3560 complete_col = (colnr_T) (tmp_ptr - line);
|
|
|
3561
|
|
|
3562 if (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3563 {
|
|
|
3564 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
|
|
|
3565 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3566 {
|
|
|
3567 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
|
|
|
3568 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3569 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
3570
|
|
|
3571 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
3572 #endif
|
|
|
3573 initial_pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3574 initial_pos.col = complete_col;
|
|
|
3575 ins_eol('\r');
|
|
|
3576 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3577 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
|
|
|
3578 #endif
|
|
|
3579 tmp_ptr = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
3580 temp = 0;
|
|
|
3581 complete_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
3582 }
|
|
|
3583 }
|
|
|
3584 else
|
|
|
3585 {
|
|
|
3586 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
3587 initial_pos.col = complete_col;
|
|
|
3588 }
|
|
|
3589
|
|
|
3590 if (continue_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
|
3591 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[2]);
|
|
|
3592 else
|
|
|
3593 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
3594
|
|
|
3595 completion_length = temp;
|
|
|
3596
|
|
|
3597 /* Always add completion for the original text. Note that
|
|
|
3598 * "original_text" itself (not a copy) is added, it will be freed when
|
|
|
3599 * the list of matches is freed. */
|
|
|
3600 if ((original_text = vim_strnsave(tmp_ptr, temp)) == NULL
|
|
|
3601 || ins_compl_add(original_text, -1, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT) != OK)
|
|
|
3602 {
|
|
|
3603 vim_free(complete_pat);
|
|
|
3604 complete_pat = NULL;
|
|
|
3605 vim_free(original_text);
|
|
|
3606 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3607 }
|
|
|
3608
|
|
|
3609 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
|
|
|
3610 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
|
|
|
3611 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
|
|
|
3612 */
|
|
|
3613 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
|
|
|
3614 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3615 showmode();
|
|
|
3616 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
3617 out_flush();
|
|
|
3618 }
|
|
|
3619
|
|
|
3620 shown_match = curr_match;
|
|
|
3621 shown_direction = complete_direction;
|
|
|
3622
|
|
|
3623 /*
|
|
|
3624 * Find next match.
|
|
|
3625 */
|
|
|
3626 temp = ins_compl_next(TRUE);
|
|
|
3627
|
|
|
3628 if (temp > 1) /* all matches have been found */
|
|
|
3629 completion_matches = temp;
|
|
|
3630 curr_match = shown_match;
|
|
|
3631 complete_direction = shown_direction;
|
|
|
3632 completion_interrupted = FALSE;
|
|
|
3633
|
|
|
3634 /* eat the ESC to avoid leaving insert mode */
|
|
|
3635 if (got_int && !global_busy)
|
|
|
3636 {
|
|
|
3637 (void)vgetc();
|
|
|
3638 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
3639 }
|
|
|
3640
|
|
|
3641 /* we found no match if the list has only the original_text-entry */
|
|
|
3642 if (first_match == first_match->next)
|
|
|
3643 {
|
|
|
3644 edit_submode_extra = (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3645 && completion_length > 1
|
|
|
3646 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
|
|
|
3647 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
|
|
|
3648 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
|
|
|
3649 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
|
|
|
3650 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
|
|
|
3651 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
3652 if ( completion_length > 1
|
|
|
3653 || (continue_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3654 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
|
3655 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
3656 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
|
|
|
3657 continue_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3658 }
|
|
|
3659
|
|
|
3660 if (curr_match->original & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
|
3661 continue_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
|
3662 else
|
|
|
3663 continue_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
|
3664
|
|
|
3665 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
3666 {
|
|
|
3667 if (curr_match->original & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
3668 {
|
|
|
3669 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
|
|
|
3670 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
|
|
|
3671 }
|
|
|
3672 else if (continue_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
|
3673 {
|
|
|
3674 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
|
|
|
3675 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3676 }
|
|
|
3677 else if (curr_match->next == curr_match->prev)
|
|
|
3678 {
|
|
|
3679 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
|
|
|
3680 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3681 }
|
|
|
3682 else
|
|
|
3683 {
|
|
|
3684 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
|
|
|
3685 if (curr_match->number == -1)
|
|
|
3686 {
|
|
|
3687 int number = 0;
|
|
|
3688 struct Completion *match;
|
|
|
3689
|
|
|
3690 if (complete_direction == FORWARD)
|
|
|
3691 {
|
|
|
3692 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
|
|
|
3693 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
|
|
|
3694 * cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
|
3695 for (match = curr_match->prev; match != NULL
|
|
|
3696 && match != first_match; match = match->prev)
|
|
|
3697 if (match->number != -1)
|
|
|
3698 {
|
|
|
3699 number = match->number;
|
|
|
3700 break;
|
|
|
3701 }
|
|
|
3702 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
3703 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
|
|
|
3704 * yet */
|
|
|
3705 for (match = match->next; match
|
|
|
3706 && match->number == -1; match = match->next)
|
|
|
3707 match->number = ++number;
|
|
|
3708 }
|
|
|
3709 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
3710 {
|
|
|
3711 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
|
|
|
3712 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
|
|
|
3713 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
|
3714 for (match = curr_match->next; match != NULL
|
|
|
3715 && match != first_match; match = match->next)
|
|
|
3716 if (match->number != -1)
|
|
|
3717 {
|
|
|
3718 number = match->number;
|
|
|
3719 break;
|
|
|
3720 }
|
|
|
3721 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
3722 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
|
|
|
3723 * assigned yet */
|
|
|
3724 for (match = match->prev; match
|
|
|
3725 && match->number == -1; match = match->prev)
|
|
|
3726 match->number = ++number;
|
|
|
3727 }
|
|
|
3728 }
|
|
|
3729
|
|
|
3730 /* The match should always have a sequnce number now, this is just
|
|
|
3731 * a safety check. */
|
|
|
3732 if (curr_match->number != -1)
|
|
|
3733 {
|
|
|
3734 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s */
|
|
|
3735 static char_u match_ref[31];
|
|
|
3736
|
|
|
3737 if (completion_matches > 0)
|
|
|
3738 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d of %d"),
|
|
|
3739 curr_match->number, completion_matches);
|
|
|
3740 else
|
|
|
3741 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d"), curr_match->number);
|
|
|
3742 STRNCPY(match_ref, IObuff, 30 );
|
|
|
3743 match_ref[30] = '\0';
|
|
|
3744 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
|
|
|
3745 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
|
|
|
3746 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
3747 curs_columns(FALSE);
|
|
|
3748 }
|
|
|
3749 }
|
|
|
3750 }
|
|
|
3751
|
|
|
3752 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
|
|
|
3753 showmode();
|
|
|
3754 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
3755 {
|
|
|
3756 if (!p_smd)
|
|
|
3757 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
|
|
|
3758 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
|
|
|
3759 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
|
|
|
3760 }
|
|
|
3761 else
|
|
|
3762 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
3763
|
|
|
3764 return OK;
|
|
|
3765 }
|
|
|
3766
|
|
|
3767 /*
|
|
|
3768 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
|
|
|
3769 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
|
|
|
3770 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
|
|
|
3771 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
|
|
|
3772 */
|
|
|
3773 static int
|
|
|
3774 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
|
|
|
3775 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
3776 char_u *src;
|
|
|
3777 int len;
|
|
|
3778 {
|
|
|
3779 int m;
|
|
|
3780
|
|
|
3781 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
|
|
|
3782 {
|
|
|
3783 switch (*src)
|
|
|
3784 {
|
|
|
3785 case '.':
|
|
|
3786 case '*':
|
|
|
3787 case '[':
|
|
|
3788 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
3789 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
3790 break;
|
|
|
3791 case '~':
|
|
|
3792 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
|
|
|
3793 break;
|
|
|
3794 case '\\':
|
|
|
3795 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
3796 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
3797 break;
|
|
|
3798 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
|
|
|
3799 case '$':
|
|
|
3800 m++;
|
|
|
3801 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3802 *dest++ = '\\';
|
|
|
3803 break;
|
|
|
3804 }
|
|
|
3805 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3806 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
3807 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3808 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
|
|
|
3809 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3810 {
|
|
|
3811 int i, mb_len;
|
|
|
3812
|
|
|
3813 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(src) - 1;
|
|
|
3814 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
|
|
|
3815 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
|
|
|
3816 {
|
|
|
3817 --len;
|
|
|
3818 ++src;
|
|
|
3819 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3820 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
3821 }
|
|
|
3822 }
|
|
|
3823 #endif
|
|
|
3824 }
|
|
|
3825 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3826 *dest = NUL;
|
|
|
3827
|
|
|
3828 return m;
|
|
|
3829 }
|
|
|
3830 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
3831
|
|
|
3832 /*
|
|
|
3833 * Next character is interpreted literally.
|
|
|
3834 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
|
|
|
3835 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
|
|
|
3836 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
|
|
|
3837 */
|
|
|
3838 int
|
|
|
3839 get_literal()
|
|
|
3840 {
|
|
|
3841 int cc;
|
|
|
3842 int nc;
|
|
|
3843 int i;
|
|
|
3844 int hex = FALSE;
|
|
|
3845 int octal = FALSE;
|
|
|
3846 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3847 int unicode = 0;
|
|
|
3848 #endif
|
|
|
3849
|
|
|
3850 if (got_int)
|
|
|
3851 return Ctrl_C;
|
|
|
3852
|
|
|
3853 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3854 /*
|
|
|
3855 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
|
|
|
3856 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
|
|
|
3857 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
|
|
|
3858 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
|
|
|
3859 */
|
|
|
3860 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
3861 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
3862 #endif
|
|
|
3863 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
3864 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
3865 #endif
|
|
|
3866 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
3867 cc = 0;
|
|
|
3868 i = 0;
|
|
|
3869 for (;;)
|
|
|
3870 {
|
|
|
3871 do
|
|
|
3872 nc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
3873 while (nc == K_IGNORE || nc == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
3874 || nc == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR);
|
|
|
3875 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
3876 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3877 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3878 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
|
|
|
3879 # endif
|
|
|
3880 )
|
|
|
3881 add_to_showcmd(nc);
|
|
|
3882 #endif
|
|
|
3883 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
|
|
|
3884 hex = TRUE;
|
|
|
3885 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
|
|
|
3886 octal = TRUE;
|
|
|
3887 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3888 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
|
|
|
3889 unicode = nc;
|
|
|
3890 #endif
|
|
|
3891 else
|
|
|
3892 {
|
|
|
3893 if (hex
|
|
|
3894 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3895 || unicode != 0
|
|
|
3896 #endif
|
|
|
3897 )
|
|
|
3898 {
|
|
|
3899 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
|
|
|
3900 break;
|
|
|
3901 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
|
|
|
3902 }
|
|
|
3903 else if (octal)
|
|
|
3904 {
|
|
|
3905 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
|
|
|
3906 break;
|
|
|
3907 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
3908 }
|
|
|
3909 else
|
|
|
3910 {
|
|
|
3911 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
|
|
|
3912 break;
|
|
|
3913 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
3914 }
|
|
|
3915
|
|
|
3916 ++i;
|
|
|
3917 }
|
|
|
3918
|
|
|
3919 if (cc > 255
|
|
|
3920 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3921 && unicode == 0
|
|
|
3922 #endif
|
|
|
3923 )
|
|
|
3924 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
|
|
|
3925 nc = 0;
|
|
|
3926
|
|
|
3927 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
|
|
|
3928 {
|
|
|
3929 if (i >= 2)
|
|
|
3930 break;
|
|
|
3931 }
|
|
|
3932 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3933 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
|
|
|
3934 {
|
|
|
3935 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
|
|
|
3936 break;
|
|
|
3937 }
|
|
|
3938 #endif
|
|
|
3939 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
|
|
|
3940 break;
|
|
|
3941 }
|
|
|
3942 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
|
|
|
3943 {
|
|
|
3944 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
3945 {
|
|
|
3946 cc = '\n';
|
|
|
3947 nc = 0;
|
|
|
3948 }
|
|
|
3949 else
|
|
|
3950 {
|
|
|
3951 cc = nc;
|
|
|
3952 nc = 0;
|
|
|
3953 }
|
|
|
3954 }
|
|
|
3955
|
|
|
3956 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
3957 cc = '\n';
|
|
221
|
3958 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3959 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
|
|
|
3960 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
|
|
|
3961 second byte will cause trouble! */
|
|
|
3962 #endif
|
|
7
|
3963
|
|
|
3964 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3965 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3966 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
3967 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
3968 #endif
|
|
|
3969 if (nc)
|
|
|
3970 vungetc(nc);
|
|
|
3971 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
|
|
|
3972 return cc;
|
|
|
3973 }
|
|
|
3974
|
|
|
3975 /*
|
|
|
3976 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
|
|
|
3977 */
|
|
|
3978 static void
|
|
|
3979 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
|
|
|
3980 int c;
|
|
|
3981 int allow_modmask;
|
|
|
3982 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
|
|
|
3983 {
|
|
|
3984 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3985 int len;
|
|
|
3986
|
|
|
3987 /*
|
|
|
3988 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
|
|
|
3989 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
|
|
|
3990 * mode.
|
|
|
3991 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
|
|
|
3992 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
|
|
|
3993 */
|
|
|
3994 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
3995 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
|
|
|
3996 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
|
|
|
3997 allow_modmask = TRUE;
|
|
|
3998 #endif
|
|
|
3999 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
|
|
|
4000 {
|
|
|
4001 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
|
|
|
4002 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
4003 c = p[len - 1];
|
|
|
4004 if (len > 2)
|
|
|
4005 {
|
|
|
4006 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4007 return;
|
|
|
4008 p[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
4009 ins_str(p);
|
|
|
4010 AppendToRedobuffLit(p);
|
|
|
4011 ctrlv = FALSE;
|
|
|
4012 }
|
|
|
4013 }
|
|
|
4014 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
4015 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
|
|
|
4016 }
|
|
|
4017
|
|
|
4018 /*
|
|
|
4019 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
|
|
|
4020 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
|
|
|
4021 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
|
|
|
4022 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
|
|
|
4023 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
|
|
|
4024 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
|
|
|
4025 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
|
|
|
4026 */
|
|
|
4027 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
4028 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4029 #else
|
|
|
4030 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4031 #endif
|
|
|
4032
|
|
|
4033 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4034 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
|
|
|
4035 #else
|
|
|
4036 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
|
|
|
4037 #endif
|
|
|
4038
|
|
|
4039 void
|
|
|
4040 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
|
|
|
4041 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
|
|
|
4042 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
|
|
|
4043 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
|
|
|
4044 {
|
|
|
4045 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
4046 int textwidth;
|
|
|
4047 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4048 colnr_T leader_len;
|
|
|
4049 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4050 int no_leader = FALSE;
|
|
|
4051 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
|
|
|
4052 #endif
|
|
|
4053 int fo_white_par;
|
|
|
4054 int first_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
4055 int fo_ins_blank;
|
|
|
4056 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4057 int fo_multibyte;
|
|
|
4058 #endif
|
|
|
4059 int save_char = NUL;
|
|
|
4060 int cc;
|
|
|
4061
|
|
|
4062 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
|
|
|
4063 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
4064 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4065 fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
|
|
|
4066 #endif
|
|
|
4067 fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
|
|
|
4068
|
|
|
4069 /*
|
|
|
4070 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
|
|
|
4071 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
|
|
|
4072 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
|
|
|
4073 * ends in white space.
|
|
|
4074 * - Otherwise:
|
|
|
4075 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
|
|
|
4076 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
|
|
|
4077 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
4078 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
|
|
|
4079 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
|
|
|
4080 * before the insert.
|
|
|
4081 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
|
|
|
4082 * before 'textwidth'
|
|
|
4083 */
|
|
|
4084 if (textwidth
|
|
|
4085 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4086 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
|
|
|
4087 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4088 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4089 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4090 #endif
|
|
|
4091 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
4092 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4093 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
|
|
|
4094 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4095 && (!fo_ins_blank
|
|
|
4096 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
|
|
|
4097 ))))))
|
|
|
4098 {
|
|
|
4099 /*
|
|
|
4100 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
|
|
|
4101 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
|
|
|
4102 */
|
|
|
4103 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
4104 {
|
|
|
4105 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4106 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4107 {
|
|
|
4108 save_char = cc;
|
|
|
4109 pchar_cursor('x');
|
|
|
4110 }
|
|
|
4111 }
|
|
|
4112
|
|
|
4113 /*
|
|
|
4114 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
|
|
|
4115 */
|
|
|
4116 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
4117 {
|
|
|
4118 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
|
|
|
4119 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
|
|
|
4120 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
|
|
|
4121 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
|
|
|
4122 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
4123 colnr_T virtcol;
|
|
|
4124 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4125 int orig_col = 0;
|
|
|
4126 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
|
|
|
4127 #endif
|
|
|
4128 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
4129
|
|
|
4130 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4131 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4132 break;
|
|
|
4133
|
|
|
4134 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4135 if (no_leader)
|
|
|
4136 do_comments = FALSE;
|
|
|
4137 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4138 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
|
|
|
4139 do_comments = TRUE;
|
|
|
4140
|
|
|
4141 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4142 if (do_comments)
|
|
|
4143 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4144 else
|
|
|
4145 leader_len = 0;
|
|
|
4146
|
|
|
4147 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
|
|
|
4148 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
|
|
|
4149 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
|
|
|
4150 * to start with %. */
|
|
|
4151 if (leader_len == 0)
|
|
|
4152 no_leader = TRUE;
|
|
|
4153 #endif
|
|
|
4154 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4155 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4156 && leader_len == 0
|
|
|
4157 #endif
|
|
|
4158 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
|
|
|
4159
|
|
|
4160 {
|
|
|
4161 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
4162 break;
|
|
|
4163 }
|
|
|
4164 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
|
|
|
4165 break;
|
|
|
4166
|
|
|
4167 /* find column of textwidth border */
|
|
|
4168 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
|
|
|
4169 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4170
|
|
|
4171 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
|
|
|
4172 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4173 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4174 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4175 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
4176 #endif
|
|
|
4177 foundcol = 0;
|
|
|
4178
|
|
|
4179 /*
|
|
|
4180 * Find position to break at.
|
|
|
4181 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
|
|
|
4182 */
|
|
|
4183 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
|
|
|
4184 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4185 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
4186 {
|
|
|
4187 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4188 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4189 {
|
|
|
4190 /* remember position of blank just before text */
|
|
|
4191 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4192
|
|
|
4193 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
|
|
|
4194 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4195 {
|
|
|
4196 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4197 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4198 }
|
|
|
4199 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4200 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
|
|
|
4201 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4202 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4203 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
|
4204 break;
|
|
|
4205 #endif
|
|
|
4206 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
|
4207 {
|
|
|
4208 /* do not break after one-letter words */
|
|
|
4209 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4210 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
|
|
|
4211
|
|
|
4212 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4213 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4214 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4215
|
|
|
4216 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4217 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
|
|
|
4218 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
4219 }
|
|
|
4220 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4221 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4222 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
4223 + (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
4224 else
|
|
|
4225 #endif
|
|
|
4226 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
|
|
|
4227 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4228 break;
|
|
|
4229 }
|
|
|
4230 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4231 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
|
|
|
4232 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4233 {
|
|
|
4234 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4235 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4236 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4237 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
|
|
|
4238 end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
|
4239 break;
|
|
|
4240 }
|
|
|
4241 #endif
|
|
|
4242 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4243 break;
|
|
|
4244 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4245 }
|
|
|
4246
|
|
|
4247 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
|
|
|
4248 {
|
|
|
4249 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
|
4250 break;
|
|
|
4251 }
|
|
|
4252
|
|
|
4253 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
|
|
|
4254 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
4255
|
|
|
4256 /*
|
|
|
4257 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
|
|
|
4258 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
|
|
|
4259 * over the text instead.
|
|
|
4260 */
|
|
|
4261 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4262 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4263 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
|
|
|
4264 else
|
|
|
4265 #endif
|
|
|
4266 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
|
|
|
4267
|
|
|
4268 /*
|
|
|
4269 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
|
|
|
4270 * characters that will remain on top line
|
|
|
4271 */
|
|
|
4272 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4273 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4274 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4275 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4276 if (startcol < 0)
|
|
|
4277 startcol = 0;
|
|
|
4278
|
|
|
4279 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4280 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4281 {
|
|
|
4282 /*
|
|
|
4283 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
|
|
|
4284 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
|
|
|
4285 */
|
|
|
4286 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
4287 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
4288 if (saved_text == NULL)
|
|
|
4289 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
|
|
|
4290 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
|
|
|
4291
|
|
|
4292 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
|
|
|
4293 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4294 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
|
|
|
4295 }
|
|
|
4296 else
|
|
|
4297 #endif
|
|
|
4298 {
|
|
|
4299 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
|
|
|
4300 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4301 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4302 }
|
|
|
4303
|
|
|
4304 /*
|
|
|
4305 * Split the line just before the margin.
|
|
|
4306 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
|
|
|
4307 */
|
|
|
4308 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
|
|
|
4309 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
|
|
|
4310 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4311 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
|
|
|
4312 #endif
|
|
|
4313 , old_indent);
|
|
|
4314 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
4315
|
|
|
4316 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
4317 if (first_line)
|
|
|
4318 {
|
|
|
4319 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
|
|
|
4320 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
|
|
|
4321 if (second_indent >= 0)
|
|
|
4322 {
|
|
|
4323 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4324 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4325 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
4326 else
|
|
|
4327 #endif
|
|
|
4328 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
4329 }
|
|
|
4330 first_line = FALSE;
|
|
|
4331 }
|
|
|
4332
|
|
|
4333 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4334 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4335 {
|
|
|
4336 /*
|
|
|
4337 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
|
|
|
4338 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
|
|
|
4339 */
|
|
|
4340 ins_bytes(saved_text);
|
|
|
4341 vim_free(saved_text);
|
|
|
4342 }
|
|
|
4343 else
|
|
|
4344 #endif
|
|
|
4345 {
|
|
|
4346 /*
|
|
|
4347 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
|
|
|
4348 * may have added or removed indent.
|
|
|
4349 */
|
|
|
4350 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
|
|
|
4351 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4352 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
|
|
|
4353 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
|
4354 }
|
|
|
4355
|
|
|
4356 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
4357 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4358 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
4359 #endif
|
|
|
4360 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
|
|
|
4361 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4362 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4363 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4364 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4365 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4366 #endif
|
|
|
4367 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
4368 }
|
|
|
4369
|
|
|
4370 if (save_char) /* put back space after cursor */
|
|
|
4371 pchar_cursor(save_char);
|
|
|
4372
|
|
|
4373 if (c == NUL) /* formatting only */
|
|
|
4374 return;
|
|
|
4375 if (haveto_redraw)
|
|
|
4376 {
|
|
|
4377 update_topline();
|
|
|
4378 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
|
|
|
4379 }
|
|
|
4380 }
|
|
|
4381 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
|
|
|
4382 return;
|
|
|
4383
|
|
|
4384 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4385 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
|
|
|
4386 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4387 {
|
|
|
4388 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4389 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
4390 int middle_len, end_len;
|
|
|
4391 int i;
|
|
|
4392
|
|
|
4393 /*
|
|
|
4394 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
|
|
|
4395 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
|
|
|
4396 */
|
|
|
4397 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
|
|
|
4398 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
|
|
|
4399 {
|
|
|
4400 /* Skip middle-comment string */
|
|
|
4401 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
|
4402 ++p;
|
|
|
4403 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4404 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
|
|
|
4405 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
|
|
|
4406 --middle_len;
|
|
|
4407
|
|
|
4408 /* Find the end-comment string */
|
|
|
4409 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
|
4410 ++p;
|
|
|
4411 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4412
|
|
|
4413 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
|
|
|
4414 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4415 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
|
4416 ;
|
|
|
4417 i++;
|
|
|
4418
|
|
|
4419 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
|
|
|
4420 i -= middle_len;
|
|
|
4421
|
|
|
4422 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
|
|
|
4423 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4424 {
|
|
|
4425 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
|
|
|
4426 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
4427
|
|
|
4428 /*
|
|
|
4429 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
|
|
|
4430 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
|
|
|
4431 */
|
|
|
4432 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
|
|
|
4433 }
|
|
|
4434 }
|
|
|
4435 }
|
|
|
4436 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
4437 #endif
|
|
|
4438
|
|
|
4439 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4440 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4441 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4442 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4443 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4444 #endif
|
|
|
4445
|
|
|
4446 /*
|
|
|
4447 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
|
|
|
4448 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
|
|
|
4449 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
|
|
|
4450 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
|
|
|
4451 * 'paste' is set)..
|
|
|
4452 */
|
|
|
4453 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
4454 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
4455 #endif
|
|
|
4456
|
|
|
4457 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4458 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4459 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4460 #endif
|
|
|
4461 && vpeekc() != NUL
|
|
|
4462 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4463 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4464 && !cindent_on()
|
|
|
4465 #endif
|
|
|
4466 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4467 && !p_ri
|
|
|
4468 #endif
|
|
|
4469 )
|
|
|
4470 {
|
|
|
4471 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
|
|
|
4472 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
|
|
|
4473 int i;
|
|
|
4474 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
|
|
|
4475
|
|
|
4476 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
4477 i = 1;
|
|
|
4478 if (textwidth)
|
|
|
4479 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4480 /*
|
|
|
4481 * Stop the string when:
|
|
|
4482 * - no more chars available
|
|
|
4483 * - finding a special character (command key)
|
|
|
4484 * - buffer is full
|
|
|
4485 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
|
|
|
4486 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
|
|
|
4487 */
|
|
|
4488 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
|
|
|
4489 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4490 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4491 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4492 #endif
|
|
|
4493 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
|
|
|
4494 && (textwidth == 0
|
|
|
4495 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4496 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
|
|
|
4497 {
|
|
|
4498 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4499 c = vgetc();
|
|
|
4500 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4501 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
4502 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
4503 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4504 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
4505 # endif
|
|
|
4506 buf[i++] = c;
|
|
|
4507 #else
|
|
|
4508 buf[i++] = vgetc();
|
|
|
4509 #endif
|
|
|
4510 }
|
|
|
4511
|
|
|
4512 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
4513 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
4514 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
|
|
|
4515 #endif
|
|
|
4516 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
4517 ins_str(buf);
|
|
|
4518 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
4519 {
|
|
|
4520 redo_literal(*buf);
|
|
|
4521 i = 1;
|
|
|
4522 }
|
|
|
4523 else
|
|
|
4524 i = 0;
|
|
|
4525 if (buf[i] != NUL)
|
|
|
4526 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i);
|
|
|
4527 }
|
|
|
4528 else
|
|
|
4529 {
|
|
|
4530 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4531 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
4532 {
|
|
|
4533 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
4534
|
|
|
4535 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
4536 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
4537 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
4538 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4539 }
|
|
|
4540 else
|
|
|
4541 #endif
|
|
|
4542 {
|
|
|
4543 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
4544 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
4545 redo_literal(c);
|
|
|
4546 else
|
|
|
4547 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4548 }
|
|
|
4549 }
|
|
|
4550 }
|
|
|
4551
|
|
|
4552 /*
|
|
|
4553 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
|
|
|
4554 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
|
|
|
4555 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
|
|
|
4556 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
|
|
|
4557 * saved here.
|
|
|
4558 */
|
|
|
4559 void
|
|
|
4560 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
|
|
|
4561 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
|
|
|
4562 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
|
|
|
4563 {
|
|
|
4564 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
4565 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
4566 char_u *old;
|
|
|
4567 char_u *new, *pnew;
|
|
|
4568 int wasatend;
|
|
|
4569
|
|
|
4570 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
|
4571 return;
|
|
|
4572
|
|
|
4573 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4574 old = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4575
|
|
|
4576 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
4577 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
4578
|
|
|
4579 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
|
|
|
4580 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
|
|
|
4581 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
|
|
|
4582 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
|
|
|
4583 * next they are not joined back together. */
|
|
|
4584 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
|
|
|
4585 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
|
|
|
4586 {
|
|
|
4587 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4588 if (!WHITECHAR(gchar_cursor())
|
|
|
4589 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
|
4590 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
|
4591 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4592 if (WHITECHAR(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
4593 {
|
|
|
4594 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4595 return;
|
|
|
4596 }
|
|
|
4597 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4598 }
|
|
|
4599
|
|
|
4600 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4601 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
|
|
|
4602 * comments. */
|
|
|
4603 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
|
|
|
4604 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
|
|
|
4605 return;
|
|
|
4606 #endif
|
|
|
4607
|
|
|
4608 /*
|
|
|
4609 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
|
|
|
4610 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
|
|
|
4611 * the start of a paragraph.
|
|
|
4612 */
|
|
|
4613 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
4614 {
|
|
|
4615 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4616 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4617 return;
|
|
|
4618 }
|
|
|
4619
|
|
|
4620 /*
|
|
|
4621 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
|
|
|
4622 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
|
|
|
4623 */
|
|
|
4624 saved_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4625 format_lines((linenr_T)-1);
|
|
|
4626 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
|
|
|
4627 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
4628
|
|
|
4629 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
4630 {
|
|
|
4631 /* "cannot happen" */
|
|
|
4632 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
4633 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
4634 }
|
|
|
4635 else
|
|
|
4636 check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
4637
|
|
|
4638 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
|
|
|
4639 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
|
|
|
4640 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
|
|
|
4641 * formatted. */
|
|
|
4642 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
4643 {
|
|
|
4644 new = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4645 len = STRLEN(new);
|
|
|
4646 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
|
|
|
4647 {
|
|
|
4648 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
|
|
|
4649 pnew[len] = ' ';
|
|
|
4650 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
4651 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
|
|
|
4652 /* remove the space later */
|
|
|
4653 did_add_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
4654 }
|
|
|
4655 else
|
|
|
4656 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
4657 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
4658 }
|
|
|
4659
|
|
|
4660 check_cursor();
|
|
|
4661 }
|
|
|
4662
|
|
|
4663 /*
|
|
|
4664 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
|
|
|
4665 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
|
|
|
4666 * position.
|
|
|
4667 */
|
|
|
4668 static void
|
|
|
4669 check_auto_format(end_insert)
|
|
|
4670 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
|
|
|
4671 {
|
|
|
4672 int c = ' ';
|
|
|
4673
|
|
|
4674 if (did_add_space)
|
|
|
4675 {
|
|
|
4676 if (!WHITECHAR(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
4677 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
|
|
|
4678 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
4679 else
|
|
|
4680 {
|
|
|
4681 if (!end_insert)
|
|
|
4682 {
|
|
|
4683 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4684 c = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4685 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4686 }
|
|
|
4687 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
4688 {
|
|
|
4689 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
|
|
|
4690 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
4691 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
4692 }
|
|
|
4693 }
|
|
|
4694 }
|
|
|
4695 }
|
|
|
4696
|
|
|
4697 /*
|
|
|
4698 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
|
|
|
4699 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
|
|
|
4700 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
|
|
|
4701 * if invalid value, use 0.
|
|
|
4702 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
|
|
|
4703 */
|
|
|
4704 int
|
|
|
4705 comp_textwidth(ff)
|
|
|
4706 int ff; /* force formatting (for "Q" command) */
|
|
|
4707 {
|
|
|
4708 int textwidth;
|
|
|
4709
|
|
|
4710 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
4711 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
|
|
|
4712 {
|
|
|
4713 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
|
|
|
4714 * things that add to the margin. */
|
|
|
4715 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
|
|
|
4716 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
4717 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
4718 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
4719 #endif
|
|
|
4720 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4721 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
|
|
|
4722 #endif
|
|
|
4723 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
|
4724 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
|
|
|
4725 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
4726 || usingNetbeans
|
|
|
4727 # endif
|
|
|
4728 )
|
|
|
4729 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
4730 #endif
|
|
|
4731 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
|
|
|
4732 textwidth -= 8;
|
|
|
4733 }
|
|
|
4734 if (textwidth < 0)
|
|
|
4735 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
4736 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
|
|
|
4737 {
|
|
|
4738 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
|
|
|
4739 if (textwidth > 79)
|
|
|
4740 textwidth = 79;
|
|
|
4741 }
|
|
|
4742 return textwidth;
|
|
|
4743 }
|
|
|
4744
|
|
|
4745 /*
|
|
|
4746 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
|
|
|
4747 */
|
|
|
4748 static void
|
|
|
4749 redo_literal(c)
|
|
|
4750 int c;
|
|
|
4751 {
|
|
|
4752 char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
4753
|
|
|
4754 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
|
|
|
4755 * three digits. */
|
|
|
4756 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
|
4757 {
|
|
|
4758 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
|
|
|
4759 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
|
|
|
4760 }
|
|
|
4761 else
|
|
|
4762 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4763 }
|
|
|
4764
|
|
|
4765 /*
|
|
|
4766 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
|
|
|
4767 * It resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
|
|
|
4768 */
|
|
|
4769 static void
|
|
|
4770 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
|
|
|
4771 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
4772 {
|
|
|
4773 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
|
|
|
4774 {
|
|
|
4775 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
|
4776 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
|
|
|
4777 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
|
|
|
4778 }
|
|
221
|
4779 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
4780 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
4781 #endif
|
|
7
|
4782 }
|
|
|
4783
|
|
221
|
4784 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
4785 /*
|
|
|
4786 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
|
|
|
4787 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
|
|
|
4788 */
|
|
|
4789 static void
|
|
|
4790 check_spell_redraw()
|
|
|
4791 {
|
|
|
4792 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
4793 {
|
|
|
4794 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
|
|
|
4795
|
|
|
4796 spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
4797 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
4798 }
|
|
|
4799 }
|
|
|
4800 #endif
|
|
|
4801
|
|
7
|
4802 /*
|
|
|
4803 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
|
|
|
4804 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
|
|
|
4805 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
|
|
|
4806 */
|
|
|
4807 int
|
|
|
4808 stop_arrow()
|
|
|
4809 {
|
|
|
4810 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
4811 {
|
|
|
4812 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
4813 {
|
|
|
4814 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
4815 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
4816 }
|
|
|
4817 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
|
|
|
4818 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4819 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
4820 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4821 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4822 {
|
|
|
4823 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
4824 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
4825 }
|
|
|
4826 #endif
|
|
|
4827 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
4828 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
|
|
|
4829 }
|
|
|
4830 else if (ins_need_undo)
|
|
|
4831 {
|
|
|
4832 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
4833 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
4834 }
|
|
|
4835
|
|
|
4836 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4837 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
|
|
|
4838 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
4839 #endif
|
|
|
4840
|
|
|
4841 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
|
|
|
4842 }
|
|
|
4843
|
|
|
4844 /*
|
|
|
4845 * do a few things to stop inserting
|
|
|
4846 */
|
|
|
4847 static void
|
|
|
4848 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
|
|
|
4849 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* where insert ended */
|
|
|
4850 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
|
|
|
4851 {
|
|
|
4852 int cc;
|
|
|
4853
|
|
|
4854 stop_redo_ins();
|
|
|
4855 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
|
|
|
4856
|
|
|
4857 /*
|
|
|
4858 * save the inserted text for later redo with ^@
|
|
|
4859 */
|
|
|
4860 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
4861 last_insert = get_inserted();
|
|
|
4862 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
|
|
|
4863
|
|
|
4864 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
4865 {
|
|
|
4866 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
|
|
|
4867 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
|
|
|
4868 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
|
|
|
4869 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
|
|
10
|
4870 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
7
|
4871 {
|
|
10
|
4872 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4873
|
|
7
|
4874 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
|
|
|
4875 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
|
|
|
4876 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
|
|
|
4877 cc = 'x';
|
|
|
4878 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
4879 {
|
|
|
4880 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4881 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4882 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
10
|
4883 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
7
|
4884 }
|
|
|
4885
|
|
|
4886 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
4887
|
|
10
|
4888 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4889 {
|
|
|
4890 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
4891 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4892 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
4893 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
|
|
|
4894 * the "coladd". */
|
|
|
4895 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
4896 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
|
|
|
4897 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
|
|
|
4898 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
|
|
|
4899 #endif
|
|
|
4900 }
|
|
7
|
4901 }
|
|
|
4902
|
|
|
4903 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
|
|
|
4904 check_auto_format(TRUE);
|
|
|
4905
|
|
|
4906 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
|
|
10
|
4907 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
|
|
|
4908 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
|
|
|
4909 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
|
|
|
4910 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
|
|
7
|
4911 {
|
|
10
|
4912 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4913
|
|
|
4914 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
7
|
4915 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
4916 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4917 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4918 (void)del_char(TRUE);
|
|
10
|
4919 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
|
|
|
4920 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
|
4921 else if (cc != NUL)
|
|
7
|
4922 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
|
|
|
4923
|
|
|
4924 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
4925 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
|
|
|
4926 * deleted characters. */
|
|
|
4927 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
4928 {
|
|
|
4929 cc = STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4930 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
|
|
|
4931 {
|
|
|
4932 VIsual.col = cc;
|
|
|
4933 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
4934 VIsual.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
4935 # endif
|
|
|
4936 }
|
|
|
4937 }
|
|
|
4938 #endif
|
|
|
4939 }
|
|
|
4940 }
|
|
|
4941 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4942 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4943 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4944 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4945 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4946 #endif
|
|
|
4947
|
|
|
4948 /* set '[ and '] to the inserted text */
|
|
|
4949 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
|
|
|
4950 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
4951 }
|
|
|
4952
|
|
|
4953 /*
|
|
|
4954 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
|
|
|
4955 * Used for the replace command.
|
|
|
4956 */
|
|
|
4957 void
|
|
|
4958 set_last_insert(c)
|
|
|
4959 int c;
|
|
|
4960 {
|
|
|
4961 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4962
|
|
|
4963 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
4964 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4965 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
|
|
|
4966 #else
|
|
|
4967 last_insert = alloc(6);
|
|
|
4968 #endif
|
|
|
4969 if (last_insert != NULL)
|
|
|
4970 {
|
|
|
4971 s = last_insert;
|
|
|
4972 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
|
|
|
4973 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
|
|
|
4974 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
|
|
|
4975 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
|
|
|
4976 *s++ = ESC;
|
|
|
4977 *s++ = NUL;
|
|
|
4978 last_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
4979 }
|
|
|
4980 }
|
|
|
4981
|
|
|
4982 /*
|
|
|
4983 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
4984 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
4985 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
|
|
|
4986 */
|
|
|
4987 char_u *
|
|
|
4988 add_char2buf(c, s)
|
|
|
4989 int c;
|
|
|
4990 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4991 {
|
|
|
4992 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4993 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
4994 int i;
|
|
|
4995 int len;
|
|
|
4996
|
|
|
4997 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
|
|
|
4998 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
4999 {
|
|
|
5000 c = temp[i];
|
|
|
5001 #endif
|
|
|
5002 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
|
|
|
5003 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
5004 {
|
|
|
5005 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
5006 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
5007 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
|
|
|
5008 }
|
|
|
5009 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
5010 else if (c == CSI)
|
|
|
5011 {
|
|
|
5012 *s++ = CSI;
|
|
|
5013 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
5014 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
5015 }
|
|
|
5016 #endif
|
|
|
5017 else
|
|
|
5018 *s++ = c;
|
|
|
5019 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5020 }
|
|
|
5021 #endif
|
|
|
5022 return s;
|
|
|
5023 }
|
|
|
5024
|
|
|
5025 /*
|
|
|
5026 * move cursor to start of line
|
|
|
5027 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
|
|
|
5028 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
|
|
|
5029 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
|
|
|
5030 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
|
|
|
5031 */
|
|
|
5032 void
|
|
|
5033 beginline(flags)
|
|
|
5034 int flags;
|
|
|
5035 {
|
|
|
5036 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
|
|
|
5037 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5038 else
|
|
|
5039 {
|
|
|
5040 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
5041 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5042 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5043 #endif
|
|
|
5044
|
|
|
5045 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
|
|
|
5046 {
|
|
|
5047 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5048
|
|
|
5049 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
|
|
|
5050 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
|
|
|
5051 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5052 }
|
|
|
5053 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5054 }
|
|
|
5055 }
|
|
|
5056
|
|
|
5057 /*
|
|
|
5058 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
|
|
|
5059 *
|
|
|
5060 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
|
|
|
5061 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line.
|
|
|
5062 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
|
|
|
5063 */
|
|
|
5064
|
|
|
5065 int
|
|
|
5066 oneright()
|
|
|
5067 {
|
|
|
5068 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5069 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5070 int l;
|
|
|
5071 #endif
|
|
|
5072
|
|
|
5073 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5074 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5075 {
|
|
|
5076 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5077
|
|
|
5078 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
|
|
|
5079 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5080 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5081 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5082 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5083 #else
|
|
|
5084 *ptr
|
|
|
5085 #endif
|
|
|
5086 ))
|
|
|
5087 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
|
|
|
5088 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5089 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
|
|
|
5090 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5091 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
5092 }
|
|
|
5093 #endif
|
|
|
5094
|
|
|
5095 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5096 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5097 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ptr)) > 1)
|
|
|
5098 {
|
|
|
5099 /* The character under the cursor is a multi-byte character, move
|
|
|
5100 * several bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL. */
|
|
|
5101 if (ptr[l] == NUL)
|
|
|
5102 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5103 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
|
5104 }
|
|
|
5105 else
|
|
|
5106 #endif
|
|
|
5107 {
|
|
|
5108 if (*ptr++ == NUL || *ptr == NUL)
|
|
|
5109 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5110 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5111 }
|
|
|
5112
|
|
|
5113 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5114 return OK;
|
|
|
5115 }
|
|
|
5116
|
|
|
5117 int
|
|
|
5118 oneleft()
|
|
|
5119 {
|
|
|
5120 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5121 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5122 {
|
|
|
5123 int width;
|
|
|
5124 int v = getviscol();
|
|
|
5125
|
|
|
5126 if (v == 0)
|
|
|
5127 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5128
|
|
|
5129 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
5130 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
|
|
|
5131 width = 1;
|
|
|
5132 for (;;)
|
|
|
5133 {
|
|
|
5134 coladvance(v - width);
|
|
|
5135 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
|
|
|
5136 * there are no multi-byte characters */
|
|
|
5137 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
|
|
|
5138 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5139 && !has_mbyte
|
|
|
5140 # endif
|
|
|
5141 ) || getviscol() < v)
|
|
|
5142 break;
|
|
|
5143 ++width;
|
|
|
5144 }
|
|
|
5145 # else
|
|
|
5146 coladvance(v - 1);
|
|
|
5147 # endif
|
|
|
5148
|
|
|
5149 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
|
|
|
5150 {
|
|
|
5151 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5152
|
|
|
5153 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
|
|
|
5154 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5155 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5156 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5157 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5158 # else
|
|
|
5159 *ptr
|
|
|
5160 # endif
|
|
|
5161 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
|
|
|
5162 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5163 }
|
|
|
5164
|
|
|
5165 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5166 return OK;
|
|
|
5167 }
|
|
|
5168 #endif
|
|
|
5169
|
|
|
5170 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5171 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5172
|
|
|
5173 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5174 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5175
|
|
|
5176 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5177 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
|
|
|
5178 * character, move to its first byte */
|
|
|
5179 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5180 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
5181 #endif
|
|
|
5182 return OK;
|
|
|
5183 }
|
|
|
5184
|
|
|
5185 int
|
|
|
5186 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5187 long n;
|
|
|
5188 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5189 {
|
|
|
5190 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5191
|
|
|
5192 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5193 {
|
|
|
5194 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
161
|
5195 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
|
|
|
5196 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
5197 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
5198 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5199 if (n >= lnum)
|
|
|
5200 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5201 else
|
|
|
5202 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5203 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5204 {
|
|
|
5205 /*
|
|
|
5206 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
|
|
|
5207 */
|
|
|
5208 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
|
|
|
5209 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5210
|
|
|
5211 while (n--)
|
|
|
5212 {
|
|
|
5213 /* move up one line */
|
|
|
5214 --lnum;
|
|
|
5215 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
|
5216 break;
|
|
|
5217 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
|
|
|
5218 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
|
|
|
5219 * in a moment. */
|
|
|
5220 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
|
|
|
5221 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5222 }
|
|
|
5223 if (lnum < 1)
|
|
|
5224 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5225 }
|
|
|
5226 else
|
|
|
5227 #endif
|
|
|
5228 lnum -= n;
|
|
|
5229 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5230 }
|
|
|
5231
|
|
|
5232 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5233 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5234
|
|
|
5235 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5236 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5237
|
|
|
5238 return OK;
|
|
|
5239 }
|
|
|
5240
|
|
|
5241 /*
|
|
|
5242 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
|
|
|
5243 */
|
|
|
5244 int
|
|
|
5245 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5246 long n;
|
|
|
5247 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5248 {
|
|
|
5249 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5250
|
|
|
5251 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5252 {
|
|
|
5253 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5254 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5255 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
|
|
|
5256 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
|
|
|
5257 #endif
|
|
161
|
5258 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
|
|
|
5259 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
5260 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
5261 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
5262 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
5263 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5264 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5265 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5266 else
|
|
|
5267 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5268 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5269 {
|
|
|
5270 linenr_T last;
|
|
|
5271
|
|
|
5272 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
|
|
|
5273 while (n--)
|
|
|
5274 {
|
|
|
5275 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
|
|
|
5276 lnum = last + 1;
|
|
|
5277 else
|
|
|
5278 ++lnum;
|
|
|
5279 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5280 break;
|
|
|
5281 }
|
|
|
5282 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5283 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5284 }
|
|
|
5285 else
|
|
|
5286 #endif
|
|
|
5287 lnum += n;
|
|
|
5288 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5289 }
|
|
|
5290
|
|
|
5291 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5292 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5293
|
|
|
5294 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5295 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5296
|
|
|
5297 return OK;
|
|
|
5298 }
|
|
|
5299
|
|
|
5300 /*
|
|
|
5301 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
|
|
|
5302 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
|
|
|
5303 * first have to remove the command.
|
|
|
5304 */
|
|
|
5305 int
|
|
|
5306 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
|
|
|
5307 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
|
|
|
5308 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
|
|
|
5309 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
|
|
|
5310 {
|
|
|
5311 char_u *esc_ptr;
|
|
|
5312 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5313 char_u *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5314 char_u last = NUL;
|
|
|
5315
|
|
|
5316 ptr = get_last_insert();
|
|
|
5317 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
5318 {
|
|
|
5319 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
|
|
|
5320 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5321 }
|
|
|
5322
|
|
|
5323 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
|
|
|
5324 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
5325 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
5326 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5327 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
|
|
|
5328
|
|
|
5329 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
|
|
|
5330 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
|
|
|
5331 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
|
|
|
5332 */
|
|
|
5333 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
|
|
|
5334 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
|
|
|
5335 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
|
|
|
5336 {
|
|
|
5337 last = *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5338 *last_ptr = NUL;
|
|
|
5339 }
|
|
|
5340
|
|
|
5341 do
|
|
|
5342 {
|
|
|
5343 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
|
|
|
5344 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
|
|
|
5345 if (last)
|
|
|
5346 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
|
|
|
5347 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
|
|
|
5348 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
|
|
|
5349 }
|
|
|
5350 while (--count > 0);
|
|
|
5351
|
|
|
5352 if (last)
|
|
|
5353 *last_ptr = last;
|
|
|
5354
|
|
|
5355 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
5356 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
|
|
|
5357
|
|
|
5358 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
|
|
|
5359 if (!no_esc)
|
|
|
5360 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
|
|
|
5361
|
|
|
5362 return OK;
|
|
|
5363 }
|
|
|
5364
|
|
|
5365 char_u *
|
|
|
5366 get_last_insert()
|
|
|
5367 {
|
|
|
5368 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5369 return NULL;
|
|
|
5370 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
|
|
|
5371 }
|
|
|
5372
|
|
|
5373 /*
|
|
|
5374 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
|
|
|
5375 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
|
|
|
5376 */
|
|
|
5377 char_u *
|
|
|
5378 get_last_insert_save()
|
|
|
5379 {
|
|
|
5380 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5381 int len;
|
|
|
5382
|
|
|
5383 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5384 return NULL;
|
|
|
5385 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
|
|
|
5386 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
5387 {
|
|
|
5388 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
5389 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
|
|
|
5390 s[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5391 }
|
|
|
5392 return s;
|
|
|
5393 }
|
|
|
5394
|
|
|
5395 /*
|
|
|
5396 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
|
|
|
5397 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
|
|
|
5398 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
|
|
|
5399 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
|
|
|
5400 */
|
|
|
5401 static int
|
|
|
5402 echeck_abbr(c)
|
|
|
5403 int c;
|
|
|
5404 {
|
|
|
5405 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
|
|
|
5406 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
|
|
|
5407 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
|
|
|
5408 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5409
|
|
|
5410 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
|
5411 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
|
|
|
5412 }
|
|
|
5413
|
|
|
5414 /*
|
|
|
5415 * replace-stack functions
|
|
|
5416 *
|
|
|
5417 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
|
|
|
5418 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
|
|
|
5419 *
|
|
|
5420 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
|
|
|
5421 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
|
|
|
5422 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
|
|
|
5423 *
|
|
|
5424 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
|
|
|
5425 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
|
|
|
5426 * that were deleted (always white space).
|
|
|
5427 *
|
|
|
5428 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
|
|
|
5429 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
|
|
|
5430 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
|
|
|
5431 */
|
|
|
5432
|
|
|
5433 char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
5434 long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
|
|
|
5435 long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
|
|
|
5436
|
|
|
5437 void
|
|
|
5438 replace_push(c)
|
|
|
5439 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
|
|
|
5440 {
|
|
|
5441 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5442
|
|
|
5443 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
5444 return;
|
|
|
5445 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
|
|
|
5446 {
|
|
|
5447 replace_stack_len += 50;
|
|
|
5448 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
|
|
|
5449 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
5450 {
|
|
|
5451 replace_stack_len -= 50;
|
|
|
5452 return;
|
|
|
5453 }
|
|
|
5454 if (replace_stack != NULL)
|
|
|
5455 {
|
|
|
5456 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
|
|
|
5457 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
5458 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
5459 }
|
|
|
5460 replace_stack = p;
|
|
|
5461 }
|
|
|
5462 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
|
|
|
5463 if (replace_offset)
|
|
|
5464 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
5465 *p = c;
|
|
|
5466 ++replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5467 }
|
|
|
5468
|
|
|
5469 /*
|
|
|
5470 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
|
|
|
5471 */
|
|
|
5472 static void
|
|
|
5473 replace_push_off(c)
|
|
|
5474 int c;
|
|
|
5475 {
|
|
|
5476 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5477
|
|
|
5478 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5479 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5480 ++replace_offset)
|
|
|
5481 if (*--p == NUL)
|
|
|
5482 break;
|
|
|
5483 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
5484 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
5485 }
|
|
|
5486
|
|
|
5487 /*
|
|
|
5488 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
|
|
|
5489 * return -1 if stack empty
|
|
|
5490 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
|
|
|
5491 */
|
|
|
5492 static int
|
|
|
5493 replace_pop()
|
|
|
5494 {
|
|
|
5495 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
|
|
|
5496 return -1;
|
|
|
5497 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
|
|
|
5498 }
|
|
|
5499
|
|
|
5500 /*
|
|
|
5501 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
|
|
|
5502 * encountered.
|
|
|
5503 */
|
|
|
5504 static void
|
|
|
5505 replace_join(off)
|
|
|
5506 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
|
|
|
5507 {
|
|
|
5508 int i;
|
|
|
5509
|
|
|
5510 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5511 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
|
|
|
5512 {
|
|
|
5513 --replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5514 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
|
|
|
5515 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
|
|
|
5516 return;
|
|
|
5517 }
|
|
|
5518 }
|
|
|
5519
|
|
|
5520 /*
|
|
|
5521 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
|
|
|
5522 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
5523 */
|
|
|
5524 static void
|
|
|
5525 replace_pop_ins()
|
|
|
5526 {
|
|
|
5527 int cc;
|
|
|
5528 int oldState = State;
|
|
|
5529
|
|
|
5530 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
|
|
|
5531 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
|
|
|
5532 {
|
|
|
5533 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5534 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
5535 #else
|
|
|
5536 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
5537 #endif
|
|
|
5538 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5539 }
|
|
|
5540 State = oldState;
|
|
|
5541 }
|
|
|
5542
|
|
|
5543 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5544 /*
|
|
|
5545 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
|
|
|
5546 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
|
|
|
5547 */
|
|
|
5548 static void
|
|
|
5549 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
|
|
|
5550 int cc;
|
|
|
5551 {
|
|
|
5552 int n;
|
|
|
5553 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
5554 int i;
|
|
|
5555 int c;
|
|
|
5556
|
|
|
5557 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
|
|
|
5558 {
|
|
|
5559 buf[0] = cc;
|
|
|
5560 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
5561 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5562 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
5563 }
|
|
|
5564 else
|
|
|
5565 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
5566
|
|
|
5567 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
5568 /* Handle composing chars. */
|
|
|
5569 for (;;)
|
|
|
5570 {
|
|
|
5571 c = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5572 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
|
|
|
5573 break;
|
|
|
5574 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
|
|
|
5575 {
|
|
|
5576 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
|
|
|
5577 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
5578 break;
|
|
|
5579 }
|
|
|
5580 else
|
|
|
5581 {
|
|
|
5582 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
5583 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
5584 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5585 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
|
|
|
5586 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
5587 else
|
|
|
5588 {
|
|
|
5589 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
|
|
|
5590 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
5591 replace_push(buf[i]);
|
|
|
5592 break;
|
|
|
5593 }
|
|
|
5594 }
|
|
|
5595 }
|
|
|
5596 }
|
|
|
5597 #endif
|
|
|
5598
|
|
|
5599 /*
|
|
|
5600 * make the replace stack empty
|
|
|
5601 * (called when exiting replace mode)
|
|
|
5602 */
|
|
|
5603 static void
|
|
|
5604 replace_flush()
|
|
|
5605 {
|
|
|
5606 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
5607 replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
5608 replace_stack_len = 0;
|
|
|
5609 replace_stack_nr = 0;
|
|
|
5610 }
|
|
|
5611
|
|
|
5612 /*
|
|
|
5613 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
|
|
|
5614 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
|
|
|
5615 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
5616 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
|
|
|
5617 * and check for more characters to be put back
|
|
|
5618 */
|
|
|
5619 static void
|
|
|
5620 replace_do_bs()
|
|
|
5621 {
|
|
|
5622 int cc;
|
|
|
5623 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5624 int orig_len = 0;
|
|
|
5625 int ins_len;
|
|
|
5626 int orig_vcols = 0;
|
|
|
5627 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
|
5628 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5629 int i;
|
|
|
5630 int vcol;
|
|
|
5631 #endif
|
|
|
5632
|
|
|
5633 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5634 if (cc > 0)
|
|
|
5635 {
|
|
|
5636 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5637 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5638 {
|
|
|
5639 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
|
|
|
5640 * going to delete. */
|
|
|
5641 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
|
|
|
5642 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
|
|
|
5643 }
|
|
|
5644 #endif
|
|
|
5645 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5646 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5647 {
|
|
|
5648 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5649 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5650 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5651 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
5652 # endif
|
|
|
5653 replace_push(cc);
|
|
|
5654 }
|
|
|
5655 else
|
|
|
5656 #endif
|
|
|
5657 {
|
|
|
5658 pchar_cursor(cc);
|
|
|
5659 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5660 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5661 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
|
|
|
5662 #endif
|
|
|
5663 }
|
|
|
5664 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
5665
|
|
|
5666 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5667 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5668 {
|
|
|
5669 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
|
|
|
5670 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5671 ins_len = STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
|
|
|
5672 vcol = start_vcol;
|
|
|
5673 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
|
|
|
5674 {
|
|
|
5675 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
|
|
|
5676 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5677 i += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p) - 1;
|
|
|
5678 #endif
|
|
|
5679 }
|
|
|
5680 vcol -= start_vcol;
|
|
|
5681
|
|
|
5682 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
|
|
|
5683 * text aligned. */
|
|
|
5684 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
|
|
|
5685 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
|
|
|
5686 {
|
|
|
5687 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5688 ++orig_vcols;
|
|
|
5689 }
|
|
|
5690 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
|
|
|
5691 }
|
|
|
5692 #endif
|
|
|
5693
|
|
|
5694 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
5695 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
5696 }
|
|
|
5697 else if (cc == 0)
|
|
|
5698 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5699 }
|
|
|
5700
|
|
|
5701 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5702 /*
|
|
|
5703 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
|
|
|
5704 */
|
|
|
5705 static int
|
|
|
5706 cindent_on()
|
|
|
5707 {
|
|
|
5708 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
5709 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5710 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
|
5711 # endif
|
|
|
5712 ));
|
|
|
5713 }
|
|
|
5714 #endif
|
|
|
5715
|
|
|
5716 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5717 /*
|
|
|
5718 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
|
|
|
5719 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
|
|
|
5720 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
|
|
|
5721 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
|
|
|
5722 */
|
|
|
5723
|
|
|
5724 void
|
|
|
5725 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
|
|
|
5726 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
5727 {
|
|
|
5728 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
5729 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
5730 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
|
|
|
5731 }
|
|
|
5732
|
|
|
5733 void
|
|
|
5734 fix_indent()
|
|
|
5735 {
|
|
|
5736 if (p_paste)
|
|
|
5737 return;
|
|
|
5738 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
|
5739 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
5740 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
|
5741 # endif
|
|
|
5742 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
|
|
|
5743 else
|
|
|
5744 # endif
|
|
|
5745 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5746 if (cindent_on())
|
|
|
5747 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
5748 # endif
|
|
|
5749 }
|
|
|
5750
|
|
|
5751 #endif
|
|
|
5752
|
|
|
5753 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5754 /*
|
|
|
5755 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
|
|
|
5756 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
|
|
|
5757 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
|
|
|
5758 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
|
|
|
5759 *
|
|
|
5760 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
|
|
|
5761 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
|
5762 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
|
|
|
5763 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
|
|
|
5764 *
|
|
|
5765 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
|
|
|
5766 */
|
|
|
5767 int
|
|
|
5768 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
|
|
|
5769 int keytyped;
|
|
|
5770 int when;
|
|
|
5771 int line_is_empty;
|
|
|
5772 {
|
|
|
5773 char_u *look;
|
|
|
5774 int try_match;
|
|
|
5775 int try_match_word;
|
|
|
5776 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5777 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5778 int icase;
|
|
|
5779 int i;
|
|
|
5780
|
|
|
5781 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5782 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
|
5783 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
|
|
|
5784 else
|
|
|
5785 #endif
|
|
|
5786 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
|
|
|
5787 while (*look)
|
|
|
5788 {
|
|
|
5789 /*
|
|
|
5790 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
|
|
|
5791 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
|
|
|
5792 */
|
|
|
5793 switch (when)
|
|
|
5794 {
|
|
|
5795 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
|
|
|
5796 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
|
|
|
5797 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
|
|
|
5798 }
|
|
|
5799 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
|
|
|
5800 ++look;
|
|
|
5801
|
|
|
5802 /*
|
|
|
5803 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
|
|
|
5804 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
|
|
|
5805 */
|
|
|
5806 if (*look == '0')
|
|
|
5807 {
|
|
|
5808 try_match_word = try_match;
|
|
|
5809 if (!line_is_empty)
|
|
|
5810 try_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
5811 ++look;
|
|
|
5812 }
|
|
|
5813 else
|
|
|
5814 try_match_word = FALSE;
|
|
|
5815
|
|
|
5816 /*
|
|
|
5817 * does it look like a control character?
|
|
|
5818 */
|
|
|
5819 if (*look == '^'
|
|
|
5820 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
5821 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
|
|
|
5822 #else
|
|
|
5823 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
|
|
|
5824 #endif
|
|
|
5825 )
|
|
|
5826 {
|
|
|
5827 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
|
|
|
5828 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5829 look += 2;
|
|
|
5830 }
|
|
|
5831 /*
|
|
|
5832 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
|
|
|
5833 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
|
|
|
5834 */
|
|
|
5835 else if (*look == 'o')
|
|
|
5836 {
|
|
|
5837 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
|
|
|
5838 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5839 ++look;
|
|
|
5840 }
|
|
|
5841 else if (*look == 'O')
|
|
|
5842 {
|
|
|
5843 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
|
|
|
5844 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5845 ++look;
|
|
|
5846 }
|
|
|
5847
|
|
|
5848 /*
|
|
|
5849 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
|
|
|
5850 * cursor.
|
|
|
5851 */
|
|
|
5852 else if (*look == 'e')
|
|
|
5853 {
|
|
|
5854 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
|
|
|
5855 {
|
|
|
5856 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5857 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
|
|
|
5858 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
5859 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5860 }
|
|
|
5861 ++look;
|
|
|
5862 }
|
|
|
5863
|
|
|
5864 /*
|
|
|
5865 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
|
|
|
5866 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
|
|
|
5867 * class::method for C++).
|
|
|
5868 */
|
|
|
5869 else if (*look == ':')
|
|
|
5870 {
|
|
|
5871 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
|
|
|
5872 {
|
|
|
5873 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5874 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
|
|
|
5875 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5876 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
|
|
|
5877 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
|
|
|
5878 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
|
|
|
5879 {
|
|
|
5880 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
|
|
|
5881 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
|
|
|
5882 || cin_islabel(30));
|
|
|
5883 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5884 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
|
|
|
5885 if (i)
|
|
|
5886 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5887 }
|
|
|
5888 }
|
|
|
5889 ++look;
|
|
|
5890 }
|
|
|
5891
|
|
|
5892
|
|
|
5893 /*
|
|
|
5894 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
|
|
|
5895 */
|
|
|
5896 else if (*look == '<')
|
|
|
5897 {
|
|
|
5898 if (try_match)
|
|
|
5899 {
|
|
|
5900 /*
|
|
|
5901 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
|
|
|
5902 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
|
|
|
5903 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
|
|
|
5904 */
|
|
|
5905 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
|
|
|
5906 && keytyped == look[1])
|
|
|
5907 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5908
|
|
|
5909 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
|
|
|
5910 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5911 }
|
|
|
5912 while (*look && *look != '>')
|
|
|
5913 look++;
|
|
|
5914 while (*look == '>')
|
|
|
5915 look++;
|
|
|
5916 }
|
|
|
5917
|
|
|
5918 /*
|
|
|
5919 * Is it a word: "=word"?
|
|
|
5920 */
|
|
|
5921 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
5922 {
|
|
|
5923 ++look;
|
|
|
5924 if (*look == '~')
|
|
|
5925 {
|
|
|
5926 icase = TRUE;
|
|
|
5927 ++look;
|
|
|
5928 }
|
|
|
5929 else
|
|
|
5930 icase = FALSE;
|
|
|
5931 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
|
|
|
5932 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
5933 p = look + STRLEN(look);
|
|
|
5934 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
|
|
|
5935 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
|
|
|
5936 {
|
|
|
5937 int match = FALSE;
|
|
|
5938
|
|
|
5939 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
5940 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
|
|
|
5941 {
|
|
|
5942 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5943
|
|
|
5944 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
|
|
|
5945 * search back for the start of a word. */
|
|
|
5946 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5947 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5948 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5949 {
|
|
|
5950 char_u *n;
|
|
|
5951
|
|
|
5952 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
|
|
|
5953 {
|
|
|
5954 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
|
|
|
5955 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
|
|
|
5956 break;
|
|
|
5957 }
|
|
|
5958 }
|
|
|
5959 else
|
|
|
5960 # endif
|
|
|
5961 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
|
|
|
5962 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
|
|
|
5963 break;
|
|
|
5964 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5965 && (icase
|
|
|
5966 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
|
|
|
5967 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
|
|
|
5968 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
5969 }
|
|
|
5970 else
|
|
|
5971 #endif
|
|
|
5972 /* TODO: multi-byte */
|
|
|
5973 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
|
|
|
5974 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
|
|
|
5975 {
|
|
|
5976 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5977 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
|
|
|
5978 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
|
|
|
5979 && (icase
|
|
|
5980 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
|
|
|
5981 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
|
|
|
5982 == 0)
|
|
|
5983 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
5984 }
|
|
|
5985 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
|
|
|
5986 {
|
|
|
5987 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
|
|
|
5988 * word. */
|
|
|
5989 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5990 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
|
|
|
5991 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
|
|
|
5992 match = FALSE;
|
|
|
5993 }
|
|
|
5994 if (match)
|
|
|
5995 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5996 }
|
|
|
5997 look = p;
|
|
|
5998 }
|
|
|
5999
|
|
|
6000 /*
|
|
|
6001 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
|
|
|
6002 */
|
|
|
6003 else
|
|
|
6004 {
|
|
|
6005 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
|
|
|
6006 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6007 ++look;
|
|
|
6008 }
|
|
|
6009
|
|
|
6010 /*
|
|
|
6011 * Skip over ", ".
|
|
|
6012 */
|
|
|
6013 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
|
|
|
6014 }
|
|
|
6015 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6016 }
|
|
|
6017 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
6018
|
|
|
6019 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6020 /*
|
|
|
6021 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
|
|
|
6022 */
|
|
|
6023 int
|
|
|
6024 hkmap(c)
|
|
|
6025 int c;
|
|
|
6026 {
|
|
|
6027 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
|
|
|
6028 {
|
|
|
6029 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
|
|
|
6030 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
|
|
|
6031 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
|
|
|
6032 static char_u map[26] =
|
|
|
6033 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
|
|
|
6034 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
|
|
|
6035 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
|
|
|
6036 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
|
|
|
6037 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
|
|
|
6038 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
|
|
|
6039 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
|
|
|
6040 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
|
|
|
6041 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
|
|
|
6042
|
|
|
6043 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
|
|
|
6044 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6045 /* '-1'='sofit' */
|
|
|
6046 else if (c == 'x')
|
|
|
6047 return 'X';
|
|
|
6048 else if (c == 'q')
|
|
|
6049 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
|
|
|
6050 else if (c == 246)
|
|
|
6051 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
|
|
|
6052 else if (c == 228)
|
|
|
6053 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6054 else if (c == 252)
|
|
|
6055 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6056 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6057 else if (islower(c))
|
|
|
6058 #else
|
|
|
6059 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
|
|
|
6060 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
|
|
|
6061 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
|
|
|
6062 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
|
|
|
6063 */
|
|
|
6064 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
|
|
6065 #endif
|
|
|
6066 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6067 else
|
|
|
6068 return c;
|
|
|
6069 }
|
|
|
6070 else
|
|
|
6071 {
|
|
|
6072 switch (c)
|
|
|
6073 {
|
|
|
6074 case '`': return ';';
|
|
|
6075 case '/': return '.';
|
|
|
6076 case '\'': return ',';
|
|
|
6077 case 'q': return '/';
|
|
|
6078 case 'w': return '\'';
|
|
|
6079
|
|
|
6080 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
|
|
|
6081 case ',': c = '{'; break;
|
|
|
6082 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
|
|
|
6083 case ';': c = 't'; break;
|
|
|
6084 default: {
|
|
|
6085 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
|
|
|
6086
|
|
|
6087 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6088 /* see note about islower() above */
|
|
|
6089 if (!islower(c))
|
|
|
6090 #else
|
|
|
6091 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
|
|
|
6092 #endif
|
|
|
6093 return c;
|
|
|
6094 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
|
|
|
6095 break;
|
|
|
6096 }
|
|
|
6097 }
|
|
|
6098
|
|
|
6099 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6100 }
|
|
|
6101 }
|
|
|
6102 #endif
|
|
|
6103
|
|
|
6104 static void
|
|
|
6105 ins_reg()
|
|
|
6106 {
|
|
|
6107 int need_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6108 int regname;
|
|
|
6109 int literally = 0;
|
|
|
6110
|
|
|
6111 /*
|
|
|
6112 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
|
|
|
6113 */
|
|
|
6114 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
6115 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
6116 {
|
|
|
6117 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
6118 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
6119
|
|
|
6120 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
|
|
|
6121 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6122 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6123 #endif
|
|
|
6124 }
|
|
|
6125
|
|
|
6126 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
6127 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
6128 #endif
|
|
|
6129
|
|
|
6130 /*
|
|
|
6131 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6132 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6133 */
|
|
|
6134 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6135 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6136 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6137 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6138 #endif
|
|
|
6139 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6140 {
|
|
|
6141 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
|
|
|
6142 literally = regname;
|
|
|
6143 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6144 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
|
|
|
6145 #endif
|
|
|
6146 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6147 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6148 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6149 #endif
|
|
|
6150 }
|
|
|
6151 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6152
|
|
|
6153 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6154 /*
|
|
|
6155 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
|
|
|
6156 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
|
|
|
6157 */
|
|
|
6158 ++no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6159 if (regname == '=')
|
|
|
6160 {
|
|
133
|
6161 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
6162 int im_on = im_get_status();
|
|
133
|
6163 # endif
|
|
7
|
6164 regname = get_expr_register();
|
|
133
|
6165 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
6166 /* Restore the Input Method. */
|
|
|
6167 if (im_on)
|
|
|
6168 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
133
|
6169 # endif
|
|
7
|
6170 }
|
|
140
|
6171 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
|
|
|
6172 {
|
|
|
6173 vim_beep();
|
|
7
|
6174 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
140
|
6175 }
|
|
7
|
6176 else
|
|
|
6177 {
|
|
|
6178 #endif
|
|
|
6179 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6180 {
|
|
|
6181 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
|
|
|
6182 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6183 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
|
|
|
6184 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
|
|
|
6185
|
|
|
6186 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
|
|
|
6187 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
6188 }
|
|
|
6189 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6190 {
|
|
|
6191 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6192 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6193 }
|
|
133
|
6194 else if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
6195 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
|
|
|
6196 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
|
|
|
6197 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6198 need_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6199
|
|
7
|
6200 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6201 }
|
|
|
6202 --no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6203 #endif
|
|
|
6204 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6205 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
6206 #endif
|
|
|
6207
|
|
|
6208 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6209 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
|
|
|
6210 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
6211 }
|
|
|
6212
|
|
|
6213 /*
|
|
|
6214 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6215 */
|
|
|
6216 static void
|
|
|
6217 ins_ctrl_g()
|
|
|
6218 {
|
|
|
6219 int c;
|
|
|
6220
|
|
|
6221 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
6222 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
|
|
|
6223 setcursor();
|
|
|
6224 #endif
|
|
|
6225
|
|
|
6226 /*
|
|
|
6227 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6228 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6229 */
|
|
|
6230 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6231 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6232 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6233 switch (c)
|
|
|
6234 {
|
|
|
6235 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6236 case K_UP:
|
|
|
6237 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
6238 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
|
|
|
6239 break;
|
|
|
6240
|
|
|
6241 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6242 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
6243 case Ctrl_J:
|
|
|
6244 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
|
|
|
6245 break;
|
|
|
6246
|
|
|
6247 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
|
|
|
6248 case 'u': u_sync();
|
|
|
6249 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
6250 break;
|
|
|
6251
|
|
|
6252 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
|
|
|
6253 default: vim_beep();
|
|
|
6254 }
|
|
|
6255 }
|
|
|
6256
|
|
|
6257 /*
|
|
|
6258 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
|
|
|
6259 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
|
|
|
6260 * insert.
|
|
|
6261 */
|
|
|
6262 static int
|
|
|
6263 ins_esc(count, cmdchar)
|
|
|
6264 long *count;
|
|
|
6265 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
6266 {
|
|
|
6267 int temp;
|
|
|
6268 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6269
|
|
|
6270 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
|
|
|
6271 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
|
|
|
6272 hangul_input_state_set(0);
|
|
|
6273 # endif
|
|
|
6274 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
|
6275 {
|
|
|
6276 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
|
|
|
6277 composing_hangul = 0;
|
|
|
6278 }
|
|
|
6279 #endif
|
|
|
6280 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
6281 previous_script = GetScriptManagerVariable(smKeyScript);
|
|
|
6282 KeyScript(smKeyRoman); /* or smKeySysScript */
|
|
|
6283 #endif
|
|
|
6284
|
|
|
6285 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6286 if (disabled_redraw)
|
|
|
6287 {
|
|
|
6288 --RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6289 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6290 }
|
|
|
6291 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
6292 {
|
|
|
6293 /*
|
|
|
6294 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
|
|
75
|
6295 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
|
|
|
6296 * when "count" is non-zero.
|
|
7
|
6297 */
|
|
|
6298 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
75
|
6299 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
|
|
7
|
6300
|
|
|
6301 /*
|
|
|
6302 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
|
|
|
6303 * interrupt now and then.
|
|
|
6304 */
|
|
|
6305 if (*count > 0)
|
|
|
6306 {
|
|
|
6307 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
6308 if (got_int)
|
|
|
6309 *count = 0;
|
|
|
6310 }
|
|
|
6311
|
|
|
6312 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
|
|
|
6313 {
|
|
164
|
6314 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
|
|
|
6315 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
|
|
|
6316 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
|
|
|
6317
|
|
7
|
6318 (void)start_redo_ins();
|
|
|
6319 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
6320 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
|
|
|
6321 ++RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6322 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6323 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
|
|
|
6324 }
|
|
|
6325 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
|
|
|
6326 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6327 }
|
|
|
6328
|
|
|
6329 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
|
|
|
6330 * indent */
|
|
|
6331 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
6332 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6333
|
|
|
6334 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
|
|
|
6335 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
|
6336 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6337
|
|
|
6338 /*
|
|
|
6339 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
|
|
|
6340 */
|
|
|
6341 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
|
|
|
6342 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6343 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
|
|
|
6344 #endif
|
|
|
6345 ) && (restart_edit == NUL
|
|
|
6346 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
6347 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
6348 && !VIsual_active
|
|
|
6349 #endif
|
|
|
6350 ))
|
|
|
6351 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6352 && !revins_on
|
|
|
6353 #endif
|
|
|
6354 )
|
|
|
6355 {
|
|
|
6356 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6357 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
|
6358 {
|
|
|
6359 oneleft();
|
|
|
6360 if (restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
6361 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
6362 }
|
|
|
6363 else
|
|
|
6364 #endif
|
|
|
6365 {
|
|
|
6366 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6367 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6368 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
6369 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6370 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
6371 #endif
|
|
|
6372 }
|
|
|
6373 }
|
|
|
6374
|
|
|
6375 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6376 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
|
|
|
6377 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
|
|
|
6378 * well). */
|
|
|
6379 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
|
|
|
6380 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
|
|
|
6381 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6382 #endif
|
|
|
6383
|
|
|
6384 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
6385 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
|
|
|
6386 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
6387
|
|
|
6388 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
6389 setmouse();
|
|
|
6390 #endif
|
|
|
6391 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
6392 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
6393 #endif
|
|
|
6394
|
|
|
6395 /*
|
|
|
6396 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
|
|
|
6397 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
|
|
|
6398 */
|
|
|
6399 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
6400 showmode();
|
|
|
6401 else if (p_smd)
|
|
|
6402 MSG("");
|
|
|
6403
|
|
|
6404 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
|
|
|
6405 }
|
|
|
6406
|
|
|
6407 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6408 /*
|
|
|
6409 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
|
|
|
6410 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
|
|
|
6411 */
|
|
|
6412 static void
|
|
|
6413 ins_ctrl_()
|
|
|
6414 {
|
|
|
6415 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
|
|
|
6416 {
|
|
|
6417 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
|
|
|
6418 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6419 }
|
|
|
6420 p_ri = !p_ri;
|
|
|
6421 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
6422 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
6423 {
|
|
|
6424 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6425 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
6426 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
6427 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6428 }
|
|
|
6429 else
|
|
|
6430 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
6431 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
6432 if (p_altkeymap)
|
|
|
6433 {
|
|
|
6434 /*
|
|
|
6435 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
|
|
|
6436 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
|
|
|
6437 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
|
|
|
6438 */
|
|
|
6439 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
6440 (void)stop_arrow();
|
|
|
6441 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
|
|
|
6442 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
6443 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
6444 }
|
|
|
6445 else
|
|
|
6446 #endif
|
|
|
6447 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
|
|
|
6448 showmode();
|
|
|
6449 }
|
|
|
6450 #endif
|
|
|
6451
|
|
|
6452 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
6453 /*
|
|
|
6454 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
|
|
|
6455 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
|
|
|
6456 */
|
|
|
6457 static int
|
|
|
6458 ins_start_select(c)
|
|
|
6459 int c;
|
|
|
6460 {
|
|
|
6461 if (km_startsel)
|
|
|
6462 switch (c)
|
|
|
6463 {
|
|
|
6464 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
6465 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
6466 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
6467 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
6468 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
6469 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
6470 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
6471 case K_LEFT:
|
|
|
6472 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
|
6473 case K_UP:
|
|
|
6474 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
6475 case K_END:
|
|
|
6476 case K_HOME:
|
|
|
6477 # endif
|
|
|
6478 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
|
6479 break;
|
|
|
6480 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
6481 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
|
6482 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
|
6483 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
6484 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
6485 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
6486 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
6487 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
|
|
|
6488 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
|
|
|
6489 start_selection();
|
|
|
6490
|
|
|
6491 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
|
|
|
6492 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
|
|
|
6493 if (mod_mask)
|
|
|
6494 {
|
|
|
6495 char_u buf[4];
|
|
|
6496
|
|
|
6497 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
6498 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
6499 buf[2] = mod_mask;
|
|
|
6500 buf[3] = NUL;
|
|
|
6501 stuffReadbuff(buf);
|
|
|
6502 }
|
|
|
6503 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
6504 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6505 }
|
|
|
6506 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6507 }
|
|
|
6508 #endif
|
|
|
6509
|
|
|
6510 /*
|
|
|
6511 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
|
|
|
6512 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
|
|
|
6513 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
|
|
|
6514 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
|
|
|
6515 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
|
|
|
6516 */
|
|
|
6517 static void
|
|
|
6518 ins_shift(c, lastc)
|
|
|
6519 int c;
|
|
|
6520 int lastc;
|
|
|
6521 {
|
|
|
6522 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6523 return;
|
|
|
6524 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
6525
|
|
|
6526 /*
|
|
|
6527 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
|
|
|
6528 */
|
|
|
6529 if ((lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') && curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
6530 {
|
|
|
6531 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6532 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
|
|
|
6533 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
|
|
|
6534 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6535 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
6536 if (lastc == '^')
|
|
|
6537 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
|
|
|
6538 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
6539 }
|
|
|
6540 else
|
|
|
6541 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
6542
|
|
|
6543 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
|
|
|
6544 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6545 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6546 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6547 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6548 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6549 #endif
|
|
|
6550 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6551 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
|
|
|
6552 #endif
|
|
|
6553 }
|
|
|
6554
|
|
|
6555 static void
|
|
|
6556 ins_del()
|
|
|
6557 {
|
|
|
6558 int temp;
|
|
|
6559
|
|
|
6560 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6561 return;
|
|
|
6562 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
|
|
|
6563 {
|
|
|
6564 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6565 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
|
|
|
6566 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
|
|
|
6567 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
|
|
|
6568 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6569 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6570 else
|
|
|
6571 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6572 }
|
|
|
6573 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
|
|
|
6574 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6575 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6576 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6577 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6578 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6579 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6580 #endif
|
|
|
6581 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
|
|
|
6582 }
|
|
|
6583
|
|
|
6584 /*
|
|
|
6585 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6586 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
|
|
|
6587 */
|
|
|
6588 static int
|
|
|
6589 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
|
|
|
6590 int c;
|
|
|
6591 int mode;
|
|
|
6592 int *inserted_space_p;
|
|
|
6593 {
|
|
|
6594 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
6595 int cc;
|
|
|
6596 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
6597 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
6598 int did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
6599 int in_indent;
|
|
|
6600 int oldState;
|
|
|
6601 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6602 int p1, p2;
|
|
|
6603 #endif
|
|
|
6604
|
|
|
6605 /*
|
|
|
6606 * can't delete anything in an empty file
|
|
|
6607 * can't backup past first character in buffer
|
|
|
6608 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
|
|
|
6609 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
|
|
|
6610 */
|
|
|
6611 if ( bufempty()
|
|
|
6612 || (
|
|
|
6613 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6614 !revins_on &&
|
|
|
6615 #endif
|
|
|
6616 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
6617 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
|
|
|
6618 && (arrow_used
|
|
|
6619 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6620 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
|
|
|
6621 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
|
|
|
6622 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
|
|
|
6623 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
|
|
|
6624 {
|
|
|
6625 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6626 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6627 }
|
|
|
6628
|
|
|
6629 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6630 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6631 in_indent = inindent(0);
|
|
|
6632 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6633 if (in_indent)
|
|
|
6634 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
6635 #endif
|
|
|
6636 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
6637 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
|
|
|
6638 #endif
|
|
|
6639 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6640 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
|
|
|
6641 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6642 #endif
|
|
|
6643
|
|
|
6644 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6645 /* Virtualedit:
|
|
|
6646 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
|
|
|
6647 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
|
|
|
6648 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
|
|
|
6649 */
|
|
|
6650 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
6651 {
|
|
|
6652 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
6653 {
|
|
|
6654 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
6655 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6656 }
|
|
|
6657 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
|
|
|
6658 {
|
|
|
6659 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6660 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6661 }
|
|
|
6662 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6663 }
|
|
|
6664 #endif
|
|
|
6665
|
|
|
6666 /*
|
|
|
6667 * delete newline!
|
|
|
6668 */
|
|
|
6669 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
6670 {
|
|
|
6671 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
6672 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6673 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6674 || revins_on
|
|
|
6675 #endif
|
|
|
6676 )
|
|
|
6677 {
|
|
|
6678 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
|
|
|
6679 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6680 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6681 --Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
6682 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
6683 }
|
|
|
6684 /*
|
|
|
6685 * In replace mode:
|
|
|
6686 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
6687 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
|
|
|
6688 */
|
|
|
6689 cc = -1;
|
|
|
6690 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6691 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
|
|
|
6692 /*
|
|
|
6693 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
|
|
|
6694 * cursor.
|
|
|
6695 */
|
|
|
6696 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
6697 {
|
|
|
6698 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6699 }
|
|
|
6700 else
|
|
|
6701 {
|
|
|
6702 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6703 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6704 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
|
|
|
6705 #endif
|
|
|
6706 {
|
|
|
6707 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
|
|
|
6708 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
6709 (void)do_join(FALSE);
|
|
|
6710 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
6711 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6712 }
|
|
|
6713 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6714 else
|
|
|
6715 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6716 #endif
|
|
|
6717
|
|
|
6718 /*
|
|
|
6719 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
|
|
|
6720 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
|
|
|
6721 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
|
|
|
6722 * characters that NL replaced.
|
|
|
6723 */
|
|
|
6724 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6725 {
|
|
|
6726 /*
|
|
|
6727 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
|
|
|
6728 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
|
|
|
6729 * avoiding showmatch().
|
|
|
6730 */
|
|
|
6731 oldState = State;
|
|
|
6732 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
6733 /*
|
|
|
6734 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
|
|
|
6735 */
|
|
|
6736 while (cc > 0)
|
|
|
6737 {
|
|
|
6738 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6739 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6740 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
6741 #else
|
|
|
6742 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
6743 #endif
|
|
|
6744 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6745 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6746 }
|
|
|
6747 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
|
|
|
6748 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
6749 State = oldState;
|
|
|
6750 }
|
|
|
6751 }
|
|
|
6752 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6753 }
|
|
|
6754 else
|
|
|
6755 {
|
|
|
6756 /*
|
|
|
6757 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
|
|
|
6758 */
|
|
|
6759 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6760 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
|
|
|
6761 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6762 #endif
|
|
|
6763 mincol = 0;
|
|
|
6764 /* keep indent */
|
|
|
6765 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE && curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
6766 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6767 && !revins_on
|
|
|
6768 #endif
|
|
|
6769 )
|
|
|
6770 {
|
|
|
6771 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6772 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
6773 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
|
|
|
6774 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6775 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6776 }
|
|
|
6777
|
|
|
6778 /*
|
|
|
6779 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
|
|
|
6780 */
|
|
|
6781 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
|
|
|
6782 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
|
6783 || (curbuf->b_p_sts
|
|
|
6784 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
|
|
|
6785 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
|
|
|
6786 && (!*inserted_space_p
|
|
|
6787 || arrow_used))))))
|
|
|
6788 {
|
|
|
6789 int ts;
|
|
|
6790 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
6791 colnr_T want_vcol;
|
|
|
6792 int extra = 0;
|
|
|
6793
|
|
|
6794 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
|
|
|
6795 if (p_sta)
|
|
|
6796 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
6797 else
|
|
|
6798 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
6799 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
|
|
|
6800 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
|
|
|
6801 * the previous character. */
|
|
|
6802 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6803 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6804 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
|
|
|
6805 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6806 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
|
|
|
6807
|
|
|
6808 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
|
|
|
6809 while (vcol > want_vcol
|
|
|
6810 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
|
|
|
6811 {
|
|
|
6812 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6813 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6814 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6815 {
|
|
|
6816 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
|
|
|
6817 * Replace mode */
|
|
|
6818 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6819 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
6820 {
|
|
|
6821 #if 0 /* what was this for? It causes problems when sw != ts. */
|
|
|
6822 if (State == REPLACE && (int)vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
6823 {
|
|
|
6824 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6825 extra = 2; /* don't pop too much */
|
|
|
6826 }
|
|
|
6827 else
|
|
|
6828 #endif
|
|
|
6829 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
6830 }
|
|
|
6831 }
|
|
|
6832 else
|
|
|
6833 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6834 }
|
|
|
6835
|
|
|
6836 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
|
|
|
6837 while (vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
6838 {
|
|
|
6839 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
|
|
|
6840 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6841 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
6842 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6843
|
|
|
6844 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6845 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6846 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
6847 else
|
|
|
6848 #endif
|
|
|
6849 {
|
|
|
6850 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
6851 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && extra <= 1)
|
|
|
6852 {
|
|
|
6853 if (extra)
|
|
|
6854 replace_push_off(NUL);
|
|
|
6855 else
|
|
|
6856 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
6857 }
|
|
|
6858 if (extra == 2)
|
|
|
6859 extra = 1;
|
|
|
6860 }
|
|
|
6861 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6862 }
|
|
|
6863 }
|
|
|
6864
|
|
|
6865 /*
|
|
|
6866 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
|
|
|
6867 */
|
|
|
6868 else do
|
|
|
6869 {
|
|
|
6870 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6871 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
|
|
|
6872 #endif
|
|
|
6873 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6874
|
|
|
6875 /* start of word? */
|
|
|
6876 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
6877 {
|
|
|
6878 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
|
|
|
6879 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
|
|
|
6880 }
|
|
|
6881 /* end of word? */
|
|
|
6882 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
|
|
|
6883 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
|
|
|
6884 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
|
|
|
6885 {
|
|
|
6886 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6887 if (!revins_on)
|
|
|
6888 #endif
|
|
|
6889 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6890 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6891 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6892 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6893 #endif
|
|
|
6894 break;
|
|
|
6895 }
|
|
|
6896 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6897 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
6898 else
|
|
|
6899 {
|
|
|
6900 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6901 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
|
|
|
6902 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), &p1, &p2);
|
|
|
6903 #endif
|
|
|
6904 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6905 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6906 /*
|
|
|
6907 * If p1 or p2 is non-zero, there are combining characters we
|
|
|
6908 * need to take account of. Don't back up before the base
|
|
|
6909 * character.
|
|
|
6910 */
|
|
|
6911 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && (p1 != NUL || p2 != NUL))
|
|
|
6912 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6913 #endif
|
|
|
6914 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6915 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
6916 {
|
|
|
6917 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
6918 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
6919 }
|
|
|
6920 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
6921 break;
|
|
|
6922 #endif
|
|
|
6923 }
|
|
|
6924 /* Just a single backspace?: */
|
|
|
6925 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
6926 break;
|
|
|
6927 } while (
|
|
|
6928 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6929 revins_on ||
|
|
|
6930 #endif
|
|
|
6931 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
|
|
|
6932 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6933 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
|
|
|
6934 did_backspace = TRUE;
|
|
|
6935 }
|
|
|
6936 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6937 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6938 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6939 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6940 #endif
|
|
|
6941 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
|
|
|
6942 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6943 /*
|
|
|
6944 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
|
|
|
6945 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
|
|
|
6946 * with.
|
|
|
6947 */
|
|
|
6948 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
6949
|
|
|
6950 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
|
|
|
6951 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6952 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
6953 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6954
|
|
|
6955 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
|
|
|
6956 * was there remains visible
|
|
|
6957 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
|
|
|
6958 * was there is erased from the screen.
|
|
|
6959 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
|
|
|
6960 * displayed even when there isn't.
|
|
|
6961 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
|
|
|
6962 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
|
|
|
6963 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
6964
|
|
|
6965 return did_backspace;
|
|
|
6966 }
|
|
|
6967
|
|
|
6968 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
6969 static void
|
|
|
6970 ins_mouse(c)
|
|
|
6971 int c;
|
|
|
6972 {
|
|
|
6973 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
6974
|
|
|
6975 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6976 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
|
|
|
6977 if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6978 # endif
|
|
|
6979 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
|
|
|
6980 return;
|
|
|
6981
|
|
|
6982 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6983 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6984 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
|
|
|
6985 {
|
|
|
6986 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
6987 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6988 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
6989 # endif
|
|
|
6990 }
|
|
|
6991
|
|
|
6992 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
6993 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
|
|
|
6994 redraw_statuslines();
|
|
|
6995 #endif
|
|
|
6996 }
|
|
|
6997
|
|
|
6998 static void
|
|
|
6999 ins_mousescroll(up)
|
|
|
7000 int up;
|
|
|
7001 {
|
|
|
7002 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7003 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7004 win_T *old_curwin;
|
|
|
7005 # endif
|
|
|
7006
|
|
|
7007 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7008
|
|
|
7009 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7010 old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
7011
|
|
|
7012 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
|
|
|
7013 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
|
|
|
7014 {
|
|
|
7015 int row, col;
|
|
|
7016
|
|
|
7017 row = mouse_row;
|
|
|
7018 col = mouse_col;
|
|
|
7019
|
|
|
7020 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
|
|
|
7021 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
|
|
|
7022 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
7023 }
|
|
|
7024 if (curwin == old_curwin)
|
|
|
7025 # endif
|
|
|
7026 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7027
|
|
|
7028 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
7029 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
|
|
|
7030 else
|
|
|
7031 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
|
|
|
7032
|
|
|
7033 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7034 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
7035
|
|
|
7036 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
|
7037 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
7038 # endif
|
|
|
7039
|
|
|
7040 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
|
|
|
7041 {
|
|
|
7042 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7043 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7044 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7045 # endif
|
|
|
7046 }
|
|
|
7047 }
|
|
|
7048 #endif
|
|
|
7049
|
|
|
7050 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7051 void
|
|
|
7052 ins_scroll()
|
|
|
7053 {
|
|
|
7054 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7055
|
|
|
7056 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7057 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7058 if (gui_do_scroll())
|
|
|
7059 {
|
|
|
7060 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7061 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7062 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7063 # endif
|
|
|
7064 }
|
|
|
7065 }
|
|
|
7066
|
|
|
7067 void
|
|
|
7068 ins_horscroll()
|
|
|
7069 {
|
|
|
7070 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7071
|
|
|
7072 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7073 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7074 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
|
|
|
7075 {
|
|
|
7076 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7077 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7078 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7079 # endif
|
|
|
7080 }
|
|
|
7081 }
|
|
|
7082 #endif
|
|
|
7083
|
|
|
7084 static void
|
|
|
7085 ins_left()
|
|
|
7086 {
|
|
|
7087 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7088
|
|
|
7089 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7090 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7091 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7092 #endif
|
|
|
7093 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7094 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7095 if (oneleft() == OK)
|
|
|
7096 {
|
|
|
7097 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7098 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7099 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
|
|
|
7100 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
|
|
|
7101 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7102 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
7103 #endif
|
|
|
7104 }
|
|
|
7105
|
|
|
7106 /*
|
|
|
7107 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
|
|
|
7108 * previous line
|
|
|
7109 */
|
|
|
7110 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7111 {
|
|
|
7112 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7113 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
7114 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
7115 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
|
|
|
7116 }
|
|
|
7117 else
|
|
|
7118 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7119 }
|
|
|
7120
|
|
|
7121 static void
|
|
|
7122 ins_home(c)
|
|
|
7123 int c;
|
|
|
7124 {
|
|
|
7125 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7126
|
|
|
7127 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7128 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7129 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7130 #endif
|
|
|
7131 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7132 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7133 if (c == K_C_HOME)
|
|
|
7134 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
|
7135 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7136 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7137 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7138 #endif
|
|
|
7139 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
|
|
|
7140 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7141 }
|
|
|
7142
|
|
|
7143 static void
|
|
|
7144 ins_end(c)
|
|
|
7145 int c;
|
|
|
7146 {
|
|
|
7147 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7148
|
|
|
7149 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7150 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7151 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7152 #endif
|
|
|
7153 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7154 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7155 if (c == K_C_END)
|
|
|
7156 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
7157 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
7158 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
7159
|
|
|
7160 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7161 }
|
|
|
7162
|
|
|
7163 static void
|
|
|
7164 ins_s_left()
|
|
|
7165 {
|
|
|
7166 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7167 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7168 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7169 #endif
|
|
|
7170 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7171 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
7172 {
|
|
|
7173 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7174 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7175 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7176 }
|
|
|
7177 else
|
|
|
7178 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7179 }
|
|
|
7180
|
|
|
7181 static void
|
|
|
7182 ins_right()
|
|
|
7183 {
|
|
|
7184 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7185 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7186 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7187 #endif
|
|
|
7188 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7189 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
|
|
|
7190 )
|
|
|
7191 {
|
|
|
7192 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7193 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7194 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7195 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
7196 oneright();
|
|
|
7197 else
|
|
|
7198 #endif
|
|
|
7199 {
|
|
|
7200 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7201 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
7202 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len_check)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
7203 else
|
|
|
7204 #endif
|
|
|
7205 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7206 }
|
|
|
7207
|
|
|
7208 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7209 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7210 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
7211 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
7212 #endif
|
|
|
7213 }
|
|
|
7214 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
|
|
|
7215 * cursor to the next line */
|
|
|
7216 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
|
|
|
7217 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
7218 {
|
|
|
7219 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7220 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7221 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7222 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7223 }
|
|
|
7224 else
|
|
|
7225 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7226 }
|
|
|
7227
|
|
|
7228 static void
|
|
|
7229 ins_s_right()
|
|
|
7230 {
|
|
|
7231 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7232 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7233 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7234 #endif
|
|
|
7235 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7236 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
7237 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
7238 {
|
|
|
7239 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7240 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
7241 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7242 }
|
|
|
7243 else
|
|
|
7244 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7245 }
|
|
|
7246
|
|
|
7247 static void
|
|
|
7248 ins_up(startcol)
|
|
|
7249 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7250 {
|
|
|
7251 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7252 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7253 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7254 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7255 #endif
|
|
|
7256
|
|
|
7257 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7258 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7259 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7260 {
|
|
|
7261 if (startcol)
|
|
|
7262 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
7263 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
7264 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7265 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
7266 #endif
|
|
|
7267 )
|
|
|
7268 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7269 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7270 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7271 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7272 #endif
|
|
|
7273 }
|
|
|
7274 else
|
|
|
7275 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7276 }
|
|
|
7277
|
|
|
7278 static void
|
|
|
7279 ins_pageup()
|
|
|
7280 {
|
|
|
7281 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7282
|
|
|
7283 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7284 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7285 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
7286 {
|
|
|
7287 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7288 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7289 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7290 #endif
|
|
|
7291 }
|
|
|
7292 else
|
|
|
7293 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7294 }
|
|
|
7295
|
|
|
7296 static void
|
|
|
7297 ins_down(startcol)
|
|
|
7298 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7299 {
|
|
|
7300 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7301 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7302 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7303 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7304 #endif
|
|
|
7305
|
|
|
7306 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7307 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7308 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7309 {
|
|
|
7310 if (startcol)
|
|
|
7311 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
7312 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
7313 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7314 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
7315 #endif
|
|
|
7316 )
|
|
|
7317 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7318 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7319 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7320 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7321 #endif
|
|
|
7322 }
|
|
|
7323 else
|
|
|
7324 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7325 }
|
|
|
7326
|
|
|
7327 static void
|
|
|
7328 ins_pagedown()
|
|
|
7329 {
|
|
|
7330 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7331
|
|
|
7332 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7333 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7334 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
7335 {
|
|
|
7336 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7337 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7338 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7339 #endif
|
|
|
7340 }
|
|
|
7341 else
|
|
|
7342 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7343 }
|
|
|
7344
|
|
|
7345 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
7346 static void
|
|
|
7347 ins_drop()
|
|
|
7348 {
|
|
|
7349 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
7350 }
|
|
|
7351 #endif
|
|
|
7352
|
|
|
7353 /*
|
|
|
7354 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
|
|
|
7355 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
|
|
|
7356 */
|
|
|
7357 static int
|
|
|
7358 ins_tab()
|
|
|
7359 {
|
|
|
7360 int ind;
|
|
|
7361 int i;
|
|
|
7362 int temp;
|
|
|
7363
|
|
|
7364 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
7365 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
7366 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
7367 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7368
|
|
|
7369 ind = inindent(0);
|
|
|
7370 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7371 if (ind)
|
|
|
7372 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
7373 #endif
|
|
|
7374
|
|
|
7375 /*
|
|
|
7376 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
|
|
|
7377 */
|
|
|
7378 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
|
|
|
7379 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
|
|
|
7380 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
|
|
|
7381 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7382
|
|
|
7383 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7384 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7385
|
|
|
7386 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7387 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7388 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7389 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7390 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7391 #endif
|
|
|
7392 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
|
|
|
7393
|
|
|
7394 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
7395 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
7396 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
|
|
|
7397 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
7398 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
|
|
|
7399 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
7400 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
|
|
|
7401
|
|
|
7402 /*
|
|
|
7403 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
|
|
|
7404 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
|
|
|
7405 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
|
|
|
7406 */
|
|
|
7407 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7408 while (--temp > 0)
|
|
|
7409 {
|
|
|
7410 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7411 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7412 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7413 else
|
|
|
7414 #endif
|
|
|
7415 {
|
|
|
7416 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
7417 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
|
|
|
7418 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7419 }
|
|
|
7420 }
|
|
|
7421
|
|
|
7422 /*
|
|
|
7423 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
|
|
|
7424 */
|
|
|
7425 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
|
|
|
7426 {
|
|
|
7427 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
7428 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7429 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
7430 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
7431 #endif
|
|
|
7432 pos_T fpos;
|
|
|
7433 pos_T *cursor;
|
|
|
7434 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
|
|
|
7435 int change_col = -1;
|
|
|
7436 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
7437
|
|
|
7438 /*
|
|
|
7439 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
|
|
|
7440 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
|
|
|
7441 */
|
|
|
7442 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7443 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7444 {
|
|
|
7445 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7446 cursor = &pos;
|
|
|
7447 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7448 if (saved_line == NULL)
|
|
|
7449 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7450 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
|
|
|
7451 }
|
|
|
7452 else
|
|
|
7453 #endif
|
|
|
7454 {
|
|
|
7455 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
7456 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7457 }
|
|
|
7458
|
|
|
7459 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
|
|
|
7460 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
7461 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
7462
|
|
|
7463 /* Find first white before the cursor */
|
|
|
7464 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7465 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
|
|
|
7466 {
|
|
|
7467 --fpos.col;
|
|
|
7468 --ptr;
|
|
|
7469 }
|
|
|
7470
|
|
|
7471 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
|
|
|
7472 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7473 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7474 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7475 {
|
|
|
7476 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
7477 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
|
|
|
7478 }
|
|
|
7479
|
|
|
7480 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
|
|
|
7481 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7482 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7483
|
|
|
7484 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
|
|
|
7485 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
|
|
|
7486 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
|
|
|
7487 {
|
|
|
7488 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
|
|
|
7489 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
|
|
|
7490 break;
|
|
|
7491 if (*ptr != TAB)
|
|
|
7492 {
|
|
|
7493 *ptr = TAB;
|
|
|
7494 if (change_col < 0)
|
|
|
7495 {
|
|
|
7496 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
|
|
|
7497 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
|
|
|
7498 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7499 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
|
|
|
7500 }
|
|
|
7501 }
|
|
|
7502 ++fpos.col;
|
|
|
7503 ++ptr;
|
|
|
7504 vcol += i;
|
|
|
7505 }
|
|
|
7506
|
|
|
7507 if (change_col >= 0)
|
|
|
7508 {
|
|
|
7509 int repl_off = 0;
|
|
|
7510
|
|
|
7511 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
|
|
|
7512 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
|
|
|
7513 {
|
|
|
7514 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
|
|
|
7515 ++ptr;
|
|
|
7516 ++repl_off;
|
|
|
7517 }
|
|
|
7518 if (vcol > want_vcol)
|
|
|
7519 {
|
|
|
7520 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
|
|
|
7521 --ptr;
|
|
|
7522 --repl_off;
|
|
|
7523 }
|
|
|
7524 fpos.col += repl_off;
|
|
|
7525
|
|
|
7526 /* Delete following spaces. */
|
|
|
7527 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
7528 if (i > 0)
|
|
|
7529 {
|
|
|
7530 mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + i, STRLEN(ptr + i) + 1);
|
|
|
7531 /* correct replace stack. */
|
|
|
7532 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7533 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7534 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7535 #endif
|
|
|
7536 )
|
|
|
7537 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
|
|
|
7538 replace_join(repl_off);
|
|
|
7539 }
|
|
33
|
7540 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
7541 if (usingNetbeans)
|
|
|
7542 {
|
|
|
7543 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
7544 (long)(i + 1));
|
|
|
7545 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
7546 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
|
|
|
7547 }
|
|
|
7548 #endif
|
|
7
|
7549 cursor->col -= i;
|
|
|
7550
|
|
|
7551 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7552 /*
|
|
|
7553 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
|
|
|
7554 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
|
|
|
7555 * spacing.
|
|
|
7556 */
|
|
|
7557 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7558 {
|
|
|
7559 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
|
|
|
7560 backspace_until_column(change_col);
|
|
|
7561
|
|
|
7562 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
|
|
|
7563 * ptr-cursor */
|
|
|
7564 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
|
|
|
7565 cursor->col - change_col);
|
|
|
7566 }
|
|
|
7567 #endif
|
|
|
7568 }
|
|
|
7569
|
|
|
7570 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7571 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7572 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
|
7573 #endif
|
|
|
7574 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
|
|
|
7575 }
|
|
|
7576
|
|
|
7577 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7578 }
|
|
|
7579
|
|
|
7580 /*
|
|
|
7581 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
|
|
|
7582 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
|
|
|
7583 */
|
|
|
7584 static int
|
|
|
7585 ins_eol(c)
|
|
|
7586 int c;
|
|
|
7587 {
|
|
|
7588 int i;
|
|
|
7589
|
|
|
7590 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
7591 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7592 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7593 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7594 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7595
|
|
|
7596 /*
|
|
|
7597 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
|
|
|
7598 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
|
|
|
7599 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
|
|
|
7600 */
|
|
|
7601 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7602 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7603 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7604 #endif
|
|
|
7605 )
|
|
|
7606 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7607
|
|
|
7608 /*
|
|
|
7609 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
|
7610 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
|
|
|
7611 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
|
|
|
7612 * in open_line().
|
|
|
7613 */
|
|
|
7614
|
|
|
7615 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7616 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
7617 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
|
|
|
7618 fkmap(NL);
|
|
|
7619 # endif
|
|
|
7620 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
|
|
|
7621 * current line. */
|
|
|
7622 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
7623 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
7624 #endif
|
|
|
7625
|
|
|
7626 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
|
|
|
7627 i = open_line(FORWARD,
|
|
|
7628 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
7629 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
|
|
|
7630 #endif
|
|
|
7631 0, old_indent);
|
|
|
7632 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
7633 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7634 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7635 #endif
|
|
|
7636
|
|
|
7637 return (!i);
|
|
|
7638 }
|
|
|
7639
|
|
|
7640 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
7641 /*
|
|
|
7642 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
|
|
|
7643 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
|
|
|
7644 * done.
|
|
|
7645 */
|
|
|
7646 static int
|
|
|
7647 ins_digraph()
|
|
|
7648 {
|
|
|
7649 int c;
|
|
|
7650 int cc;
|
|
|
7651
|
|
|
7652 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
7653 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
7654 {
|
|
|
7655 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
7656 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
7657
|
|
|
7658 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
|
|
|
7659 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7660 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
|
|
|
7661 #endif
|
|
|
7662 }
|
|
|
7663
|
|
|
7664 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
7665 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
7666 #endif
|
|
|
7667
|
|
|
7668 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
|
|
|
7669 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
|
|
|
7670 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
7671 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
7672 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
7673 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7674 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
7675 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
|
|
|
7676 {
|
|
|
7677 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7678 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7679 #endif
|
|
|
7680 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7681 return NUL;
|
|
|
7682 }
|
|
|
7683 if (c != ESC)
|
|
|
7684 {
|
|
|
7685 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
7686 {
|
|
|
7687 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
7688 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
7689
|
|
|
7690 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
|
|
|
7691 {
|
|
|
7692 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
|
|
|
7693 * an ESC next */
|
|
|
7694 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
7695 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
7696 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
|
|
|
7697 }
|
|
|
7698 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7699 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
|
|
|
7700 #endif
|
|
|
7701 }
|
|
|
7702 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
7703 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
7704 cc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
7705 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7706 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
7707 if (cc != ESC)
|
|
|
7708 {
|
|
|
7709 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
|
7710 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
|
|
|
7711 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7712 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7713 #endif
|
|
|
7714 return c;
|
|
|
7715 }
|
|
|
7716 }
|
|
|
7717 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
7718 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7719 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7720 #endif
|
|
|
7721 return NUL;
|
|
|
7722 }
|
|
|
7723 #endif
|
|
|
7724
|
|
|
7725 /*
|
|
|
7726 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
|
|
|
7727 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
|
|
|
7728 */
|
|
|
7729 static int
|
|
|
7730 ins_copychar(lnum)
|
|
|
7731 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
7732 {
|
|
|
7733 int c;
|
|
|
7734 int temp;
|
|
|
7735 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
|
|
|
7736
|
|
|
7737 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
7738 {
|
|
|
7739 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7740 return NUL;
|
|
|
7741 }
|
|
|
7742
|
|
|
7743 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
|
|
|
7744 temp = 0;
|
|
|
7745 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
7746 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
7747 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
7748 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
7749 {
|
|
|
7750 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
7751 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
|
|
|
7752 }
|
|
|
7753 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
7754 ptr = prev_ptr;
|
|
|
7755
|
|
|
7756 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7757 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
|
7758 #else
|
|
|
7759 c = *ptr;
|
|
|
7760 #endif
|
|
|
7761 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
7762 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7763 return c;
|
|
|
7764 }
|
|
|
7765
|
|
|
7766 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7767 /*
|
|
|
7768 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
|
|
|
7769 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
|
|
|
7770 */
|
|
|
7771 static void
|
|
|
7772 ins_try_si(c)
|
|
|
7773 int c;
|
|
|
7774 {
|
|
|
7775 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
|
|
|
7776 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
7777 int i;
|
|
|
7778 int temp;
|
|
|
7779
|
|
|
7780 /*
|
|
|
7781 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
|
|
|
7782 */
|
|
|
7783 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
|
|
|
7784 {
|
|
|
7785 /*
|
|
|
7786 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
|
|
|
7787 */
|
|
|
7788 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
|
|
|
7789 {
|
|
|
7790 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7791 /*
|
|
|
7792 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
|
|
|
7793 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
|
|
|
7794 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
|
|
|
7795 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
|
|
|
7796 * lines -- webb
|
|
|
7797 */
|
|
|
7798 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
7799 i = pos->col;
|
|
|
7800 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
|
|
|
7801 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
|
|
|
7802 ;
|
|
|
7803 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
7804 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
7805 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
|
7806 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
|
|
|
7807 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
7808 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
7809 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7810 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7811 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
7812 else
|
|
|
7813 #endif
|
|
|
7814 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
7815 }
|
|
|
7816 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
7817 {
|
|
|
7818 /*
|
|
|
7819 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
|
|
|
7820 * more than indent of previous line
|
|
|
7821 */
|
|
|
7822 temp = TRUE;
|
|
|
7823 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7824 {
|
|
|
7825 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7826 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
7827 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7828 {
|
|
|
7829 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
|
|
|
7830
|
|
|
7831 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
|
|
|
7832 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
7833 break;
|
|
|
7834 }
|
|
|
7835 if (get_indent() >= i)
|
|
|
7836 temp = FALSE;
|
|
|
7837 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
7838 }
|
|
|
7839 if (temp)
|
|
|
7840 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1);
|
|
|
7841 }
|
|
|
7842 }
|
|
|
7843
|
|
|
7844 /*
|
|
|
7845 * set indent of '#' always to 0
|
|
|
7846 */
|
|
|
7847 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
|
|
|
7848 {
|
|
|
7849 /* remember current indent for next line */
|
|
|
7850 old_indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
7851 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
7852 }
|
|
|
7853
|
|
|
7854 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
|
|
|
7855 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
7856 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7857 }
|
|
|
7858 #endif
|
|
|
7859
|
|
|
7860 /*
|
|
|
7861 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
|
|
|
7862 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
|
7863 */
|
|
|
7864 static colnr_T
|
|
|
7865 get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
|
7866 {
|
|
|
7867 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
7868 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7869 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
7870 return curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
7871 }
|
